AIRBAG SYSTEM PRECAUTION RS 1
|
|
|
- Everett McGee
- 9 years ago
- Views:
Transcription
1 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM PRECUTION NOTICE: When disconnecting the negative (-) battery terminal, initialize the following systems after the terminal is reconnected. 1 System Name Power Window Control System (with Jam Protection Function) Sliding Roof System See Procedure WS-5 1. HNDLI PRECUTIONS FOR IRBG SENSOR In this section, the center airbag sensor, front airbag sensor LH, front airbag sensor RH, side airbag sensor LH, side airbag sensor RH, rear airbag sensor LH, rear airbag sensor RH and seat position airbag sensor are collectively referred to as the airbag sensor. Before starting the following operations, wait at least 90 seconds after disconnecting the cable from the battery negative (-) terminal. (1) Replacement of the airbag sensor (2) djustment of the front doors of the vehicle equipped with the side airbag and curtain shield airbag (fitting adjustment) When connecting or disconnecting the airbag sensor connector, ensure that all of the sensors are installed in the vehicle. Do not use an airbag sensor which has been dropped during the operation or transportation. Do not disassemble the airbag sensor. 2. INSPECTION PROCEDURE FOR VEHICLE INVOLVED IN CCIDENT When the airbag has not deployed, confirm the DTC by checking the S warning light. If there is any malfunction in the S airbag system, perform troubleshooting. When any of the airbag have deployed, replace the airbag sensor and check the installation condition.
2 2 PRTS LOCTION SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM FRONT IRBG SENSOR RH FRONT IRBG SENSOR LH COMBINTION METER SSEMBLY CURTIN SHIELD IRBG SSEMBLY LH (*) STEERI PD S Warning Light FRONT PSSEER IRBG SSEMBLY CURTIN SHIELD IRBG SSEMBLY RH (*) FRONT SET SIDE IRBG SSEMBLY RH FRONT SET OUTER BELT SSEMBLY LH FRONT SET SIDE IRBG SSEMBLY LH FRONT SET OUTER BELT SSEMBLY RH *: with Side and Curtain Shield irbag B113355E03
3 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 3 DRIVER SIDE KNEE IRBG SSEMBLY DLC3 SPIRL CBLE SIDE IRBG SENSOR RH (*) RER IRBG SENSOR RH (*) CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY SET POSITION SENSOR SIDE IRBG SENSOR LH (*) RER IRBG SENSOR LH (*) FRONT SET INNER BELT SSEMBLY LH *: with Side and Curtain Shield irbag C145382E01
4 4 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM SYSTEM DIGRM Front irbag Sensor LH Front irbag Sensor RH Steering Pad (Driver Side Squib) Front Passenger irbag ssembly (Front Passenger Side Squib) Side irbag Sensor LH (*1) Driver Side Knee irbag ssembly (Driver Side Knee irbag Squib) Side irbag Sensor RH (*1) Rear irbag Sensor LH (*1) Center irbag Sensor ssembly Front Seat Side irbag ssembly LH (Front Driver Side - Side Squib) (*1) Front Seat Side irbag ssembly RH (Front Passenger Side - Side Squib) (*1) Rear irbag Sensor RH (*1) Curtain Shield irbag ssembly LH (Driver Side Curtain Shield Squib) (*1) Seat Position irbag Sensor Curtain Shield irbag ssembly RH (Front Passenger Side Curtain Shield Squib) (*1) Front Seat Inner Belt ssembly LH (Driver Side Seat Belt Buckle Switch) Front Seat Outer Belt ssembly LH (Front Driver Side Pretensioner Squib) DLC3 Front Seat Outer Belt ssembly RH (Front Passenger Side Pretensioner Squib) Occupant Classification ECU Heater Control Base (Passenger irbag ON/OFF Indicator) *1: with Side and Curtain Shield irbag Combination Meter ssembly (S Warning Light) C145366E01
5 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 5 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1. DESCRIPTION OF SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM (S) General description (1) In this system, the center airbag sensor installed on the floor under the /C unit determines whether or not to activate the S airbags and seat belt pretensioners by receiving the collision signal from the airbag sensors (excluding the center airbag sensor). When there is trouble in the system, the center airbag sensor turns on the S warning light on the combination meter to inform the driver. Description of the dual stage control (1) The center airbag sensor controls the dual stage deployment of the driver airbag in the horn button and the passenger airbag on the instrument panel. The center airbag sensor controls the dual stage deployment of the driver airbag according to the collision impact, seat position and seat belt ON/OFF state. It also controls the dual stage deployment of the passenger airbag according to the collision impact. Description of check mode (signal check) (1) This center airbag sensor can be operated using the check mode of the intelligent tester function. Check mode can detect and output DTC by using the intelligent tester to switch the center airbag sensor to the check mode. simulation method should be used if the malfunction cannot be reproduced during troubleshooting (the malfunction is temporarily solved, etc.). In this case, joggling each connector, or driving on a city or rough road with the center airbag sensor in check mode makes it possible to obtain a more accurate malfunction condition. 2. IGNITION JUDGMENT ND CONDITIONS Operation in case of front collision (1) When the vehicle collides in the hatched area (Fig. 1) and shock is larger than a predetermined level, the airbags (driver and front passenger) are activated automatically. The deceleration sensor of the center airbag sensor determines the need for ignition in response to collisions within the hatched area based on the signal from the deceleration sensor of the front airbag sensor.
6 6 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM (2) Safing sensor of the center airbag sensor is designed to activate at a lower deceleration rate than the deceleration sensor. s illustrated in Fig. 2 below, when both the safing sensor and deceleration sensor go on simultaneously, current flows to the squib and ignition occurs. Center irbag Sensor ssembly Safing Sensor ON Deceleration Sensor ON ND irbag Inflating Fig. 1 Fig. 2 B113360E01 With side curtain shield airbag: Operation in case of front side collision (1) Electronic safing sensor of the side airbag sensor is designed to activate at a lower deceleration rate than the deceleration sensor of the side airbag sensor. s illustrated below, when both the safing sensor and deceleration sensor go on simultaneously, current flows to the squib and ignition occurs. Center irbag Sensor ssembly Safing Sensor ON Deceleration Sensor ON ND irbag Inflating Side irbag Sensor ssembly B113358E01
7 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 7 With side and curtain shield airbag: Operation in case of rear side collision (1) Electronic safing sensor of the center airbag sensor is designed to activate at a lower deceleration rate than the deceleration sensor of the rear airbag sensor. s illustrated below, when both the safing sensor and deceleration sensor go on simultaneously, current flows to the squib and ignition occurs. Front Seat irbag ssembly Deployment Deceleration Sensor ON OR irbag Inflating Rear irbag Sensor ND Electronic Safing Sensor ON Center irbag Sensor ssembly H044425E03
8 8 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 1 VEHICLE BROUGHT TO WORKSHOP HOW TO PROCEED WITH TROUBLESHOOTI *: Use the intelligent tester. NEXT 2 CUSTOMER PROBLEM NLYSIS Confirm problem symptoms (See page IN-26). NEXT 3 S WRNI LIGHT CHECK NEXT 4 CHECK DTC (Present and Past DTCs)* Check for DTC outputs. Result Result DTC is output. DTC is not output. Proceed to B B PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TBLE 5 DTC CHRT NEXT 6 CIRCUIT INSPECTION* NEXT 7 REPIR NEXT
9 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 9 8 CLER DTC (Present and Past DTCs)* NEXT 9 CHECK DTC (Present and Past DTCs)* Check for DTC outputs. Result Result DTC is not output. DTC is output. Proceed to B B Go to step 5 10 CONFIRMTION TEST NEXT END
10 10 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM: PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TBLE Proceed to the troubleshooting for each circuit in the table below. Symptom Suspected rea See page The S warning light goes off after the primary S Warning Light Remains ON -234 check, but then comes on. With the ignition switch to the ON position, the S warning light sometimes comes on after approximately 6 seconds. The S warning light always comes on even when DTC is not output. With the ignition switch to the ON position, the S warning light does not come on. lthough an S warning light operates normally, DTC or a normal system code is not displayed. lthough terminals TC and CG of DLC3 are not connected, DTC or a normal system code is displayed. S Warning Light Remains ON S Warning Light Remains ON S Warning Light does not Come ON TC and CG terminal circuit TC and CG terminal circuit
11 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 11 TERMINLS OF ECU 1. CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY H043423E04 Terminal No. Terminal Symbol Terminal Name 11-1 Side airbag assembly LH (Side squib LH) SFD+ (*1) 11-2 (*1) 11-3 (*1) 11-4 (*1) SFD- ICD- ICD PD+ Side airbag assembly LH (Side squib LH) Curtain shield airbag assembly LH (Curtain shield squib LH) Curtain shield airbag assembly LH (Curtain shield squib LH) Front seat outer belt assembly LH (Pretensioner squib LH) 11-6 PD- Front seat outer belt assembly LH (Pretensioner squib LH) 11-9 DSP+ Seat position airbag sensor DBE+ Front seat inner belt assembly LH DSP- Seat position airbag sensor DBE- Front seat inner belt assembly LH Side airbag sensor assembly VUPD (*1) (*1) (*1) (*1) VUCD ESD ESCD 12-1 P P P- Rear airbag sensor LH Side airbag sensor assembly Rear airbag sensor LH Front passenger airbag assembly (Passenger squib, Dual stage - 2nd step) Front passenger airbag assembly (Passenger squib, Dual stage - 2nd step) Front passenger airbag assembly (Passenger squib) 12-4 P+ Front passenger airbag assembly (Passenger squib) 12-5 D+ Horn button assembly (Driver squib) 12-6 D- Horn button assembly (Driver squib) 12-7 D2- Horn button assembly (Driver squib, Dual stage - 2nd step)
12 12 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM Terminal No. Terminal Symbol Terminal Name 12-8 D DK+ Horn button assembly (Driver squib, Dual stage - 2nd step) No. 1 instrument panel airbag assembly lower (Knee airbag squib) DK- No. 1 instrument panel airbag assembly lower (Knee airbag squib) PBEW Passenger seat belt warning light L Combination meter assembly (S warning light) TC DLC SIL DLC P-B Heater control base (Passenger airbag ON/ OFF indicator) IG2 IG2 fuse (Power source) GSW2 ECM PON Heater control base (Passenger airbag ON/ OFF indicator) E1 Ground E2 Ground SR Front airbag sensor RH SL Front airbag sensor LH SR Front airbag sensor RH SL Front airbag sensor LH 13-4 PP (*1) 13-6 (*1) 13-7 (*1) 13-8 (*1) ICP PP- ICP- SFP- SFP+ Front seat outer belt assembly RH (Pretensioner squib RH) Front seat outer belt assembly RH (Pretensioner squib RH) Curtain shield airbag assembly RH (Curtain shield squib RH) Curtain shield airbag assembly RH (Curtain shield squib RH) Front seat airbag assembly RH (Side squib RH) Front seat airbag assembly RH (Side squib RH) FSP+ Occupant classification ECU Rear airbag sensor RH ESCP (*1) (*1) (*1) (*1) ESP VUCP VUPP Side airbag sensor assembly RH Rear airbag sensor RH Side airbag sensor assembly RH FSP- Occupant classification ECU *1: with Side and Curtain Shield irbag
13 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 13 DIGNOSIS SYSTEM CG SG SIL 1. CHECK DLC3 The ECU uses ISO for communication. The terminal arrangement of the DLC3 complies with SE J1962 and matches the ISO format. BT H100769E98 Symbols (Terminal No.) Terminal Description Condition Specified Condition SIL (7) - SG (5) During transmission During Transmission Pulse generation CG (4) - Body ground Chassis ground lways Below 1 Ω SG (5) - Body ground Signal ground lways Below 1 Ω BT (16) - Body ground Battery positive lways lways 10 to 14 V If the display shows UNBLE TO CONNECT TO VEHICLE when you connect the cable of the intelligent tester to the DLC3, turn the ignition switch to the ON position and operate the intelligent tester, there is a problem on the vehicle side or tester side. If communication is normal when the tester is connected to another vehicle, inspect the DLC3 on the original vehicle. If communication is still not possible when the tester is connected to another vehicle, the problem is probably in the tester itself. Consult the Service Department listed in the tester's instruction manual. 2. SYMPTOM SIMULTION The most difficult case in troubleshooting is when no symptoms occur. In such cases, a thorough customer problem analysis must be carried out. Then the same or similar conditions and environment in which the problem occurred in the customer's vehicle should be simulated. No matter how experienced or skilled a technician may be, if he proceeds to troubleshooting without confirming the problem symptoms, he will likely overlook something important and make a wrong guess at some points in the repair operation. This leads to a standstill in troubleshooting.
14 14 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM Shake Slightly Vibrate Slightly Vibrate Slightly D100465E01 Vibration method: When vibration seems to be the major cause. Perform the simulation method only during the primary check period (for approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position). (1) Slightly vibrate the part of the sensor considered to be the problem cause with your fingers and check whether the malfunction occurs. Shaking the relays too strongly may result in open relays. (2) Slightly shake the connector vertically and horizontally. (3) Slightly shake the wire harness vertically and horizontally. The connector joint and fulcrum of the vibration are the major areas to be checked thoroughly. 3. FUNCTION OF S WRNI LIGHT Primary check (1) Wait for at least 2 seconds, and then turn the ignition switch to the ON position. The S warning light comes on for approximately 6 seconds and the S airbag system diagnosis (including the seat belt pretensioner and occupant classification system) is performed. If trouble is detected during the primary check, the S warning light remains on even after the primary check period (for approximately 6 seconds) has elapsed. Constant check (1) fter the primary check, the center airbag sensor constantly monitors the S airbag system for trouble. If trouble is detected during the constant check, the center airbag sensor functions as follows: The S warning light comes on. The S warning light go off, and then comes on. This blinking pattern indicates the source voltage drop. The S warning light goes off 10 seconds after the source voltage returns to normal. Review (1) When the airbag system is normal: The S warning light comes on only during the primary check period (for approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position). (2) When the airbag system has trouble: The S warning light remains on even after the primary check period has elapsed.
15 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 15 C093955E03 The S warning light goes off after the primary check, but comes on again during the constant check. The S warning light does not come on when turning the ignition switch from the LOCK to ON position. The center airbag sensor keeps the S warning light on if the airbag has been deployed. 4. S WRNI LIGHT CHECK Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and check that the S warning light comes on for approximately 6 seconds (primary check). Check that the S warning light goes off approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position (constant check). When any of the following symptoms occur, refer to "Problem Symptoms Table" (See page -9). The S warning light comes on occasionally after the primary check period has elapsed. The S warning light comes on, but DTC is not output. The ignition switch is turned from the LOCK to ON position, but the S warning light does not come on. 5. FUNCTION OF PSSEER IRBG ON/OFF INDICTOR Initial check (1) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. (2) The passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator comes on for approximately 4 seconds, then goes off for approximately 2 seconds. (3) pproximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON, the passenger airbag ON/ OFF indicator will be ON or OFF depending on the conditions listed below. Passenger airbag ON/ OFF indicator Condition "ON" indicator "OFF" indicator S warning light Vacant OFF OFF OFF dult is seated. ON OFF OFF Child is seated. OFF ON OFF Child restraint system is set. OFF ON OFF Front passenger occupant classification failure OFF ON ON The passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator is based on the timing chart below in order to check the indicator light circuit.
16 16 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM When the front passenger occupant classification system has trouble, both the S warning light and the passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator ("OFF") come on. In this case, check the DTCs in "IRBG SYSTEM" first. Then troubleshoot the occupant classification system if DTC B1650/32 is detected, and troubleshoot the passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator if DTC B1660/43 is detected. Ignition Switch ON OFF 4 sec. 2 sec. Passenger irbag ON/OFF Indicator ( ON ) ON OFF 4 sec. 2 sec. Passenger irbag ON/OFF Indicator ( OFF ) ON OFF ON/OFF condition depends on the front passenger detection results. C123768E01 C PSSEER IRBG ON/OFF INDICTOR CHECK Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Check that the passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator ("ON" and "OFF") comes on for approximately 4 seconds, then goes off for approximately 2 seconds. Refer to the table in the previous step regarding the passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and approximately 6 seconds pass. 7. RELESE METHOD OF CTIVTION PREVENTION MECHNISM The activation prevention mechanism is built into the connector for the squib circuit of the S. s explained in the troubleshooting section, insert a piece of paper that is the same thickness as the male terminal between the terminal and the short spring to release it (Refer to the illustration below). CUTION: Never release the activation prevention mechanism on the squib connector even when inspection with the squib disconnected.
17 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 17 NOTICE: Do not release the activation prevention mechanism unless specially directed by the troubleshooting procedure. To prevent the terminal and the short spring from being damaged, always use a piece of paper that is the same thickness as the male terminal.
18 18 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM Front Seat Inner Belt ssembly RH Rear irbag Sensor RH* Front Seat Outer Belt ssembly RH (Pretensioner Squib RH) Curtain Shield irbag ssembly RH (Curtain Shield Squib RH)* Side irbag Sensor ssembly RH* Front irbag Sensor RH Front Seat irbag ssembly RH (Side Squib RH)* Heater Control Base (Passenger irbag ON/OFF Indicator) Front Passenger irbag ssembly (Passenger Squib) Center irbag Sensor ssembly Horn Button ssembly (Driver Squib) Front irbag Sensor LH Spiral Cable 22 Sub-assembly No. 1 Instrument Panel irbag ssembly Lower (Knee irbag Squib) Combination Meter ssembly (S Warning Light) Side irbag Sensor ssembly LH* Rear irbag Sensor LH* Front Seat irbag ssembly LH (Side Squib LH)* Curtain Shield irbag ssembly LH (Curtain Shield Squib LH)* Seat Position irbag Sensor / Front Seat Inner Belt ssembly LH Front Seat Outer Belt ssembly RH (Pretensioner Squib RH) *: with Side and Curtain Shield irbag 36 C145367E01
19 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 19 Center irbag Sensor ssembly Connector Short Spring Short Spring Short Spring Short Spring Short Spring Before Release fter Release Paper Paper Short Spring Short Spring Connector 20 Before Release fter Release Paper Paper Short Spring Short Spring Short Spring Connector 24 Before Release Paper fter Release Short Spring Short Spring Short Spring Paper Connector 32 Before Release Paper fter Release Paper Short Spring Short Spring Short Spring H045238E01
20 20 CG SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM TC E07 Normal System Code (without Past Trouble Code): ON OFF 0.25 sec sec. Normal System Code (with Past Trouble Code): ON OFF 0.75 sec sec. Trouble Code (Example Codes 11 and 31): 0.5 sec. 2.5 sec. 4.0 sec. ON OFF 1.5 sec. 0.5 sec. DTC 11 DTC 31 Repeat H013050E17 DTC CHECK / CLER 1. DTC CHECK (USI SST CHECK WIRE) Check the DTCs (Present trouble code). (1) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for approximately 60 seconds. (2) Using SST, connect terminals TC and CG of the DLC3. SST NOTICE: Connect the terminals to the correct positions to avoid a malfunction. Check the DTCs (Past trouble code). (1) Using SST, connect terminals TC and CG of the DLC3. SST NOTICE: Connect the terminals to the correct positions to avoid a malfunction. (2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for approximately 60 seconds. Read the DTCs. (1) Read the blinking patterns of the DTCs. s examples, the blinking patterns for the normal system code and trouble codes 11 and 31 are shown in the illustration. Normal system code indication (without past trouble code) The light blinks twice per second. Normal system code indication (with past trouble code) When the past trouble code is stored in the center airbag sensor assembly, the light blinks only once per second. Trouble code indication The first blinks indicates the first DTC. The second blinks occurs after a 1.5-second pause. If there are more than 1 code, there will be a 2.5- second pause between each code. fter all codes are shown, there will be a 4.0-second pause, and then they will all be repeated. If 2 or more malfunctions are found, the indication begins with the smaller numbered code. If DTCs are indicated without connecting the terminals, proceed to "TC and CG Terminal Circuit" (See page -241).
21 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM DTC CLER (USI SST CHECK WIRE) Clear the DTCs. (1) When the ignition switch is turned off, the DTCs are cleared. Depending on the DTC, the code may not be cleared by turning off the ignition switch. In this case, proceed to the next procedure. (2) Using SST, connect terminals TC and CG of the DLC3, and then turn the ignition switch to the ON position. SST (3) Disconnect terminal TC of the DLC3 within 3 to 10 seconds after the DTCs are output, and check if the S warning light comes on after 3 seconds. (4) Within 2 to 4 seconds after the S warning light comes on, connect terminals TC and CG of the DLC3. (5) The S warning light should go off within 2 to 4 seconds after connecting terminals TC and CG of the DLC3. Then, disconnect terminal TC within 2 to 4 seconds after the S warning light goes off. (6) The S warning light comes on again within 2 to 4 seconds after disconnecting terminal TC. Then, reconnect terminals TC and CG within 2 to 4 seconds after the S warning light comes on.
22 22 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM (7) Check if the S warning light goes off within 2 to 4 seconds after connecting terminals TC and CG of the DLC3. lso check if the normal system code is output within 1 second after the S warning light goes off. If DTCs are not cleared, repeat this procedure until the codes are cleared. ON Ignition Switch LOCK DLC3 (TC and CG) Open S Warning Light (*) Short ON 0.5 sec. 0.5 sec sec sec. T1: 0 to sec. T2: approx. 6 sec. T3: 3 to 5 sec. OFF 1.5 sec. T4: 3 to 10 sec. T5: 2 to 4 sec. T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T5 T6 T5 T6 T5 T7 T6: 1 to 5 sec. T7: within 1 sec. *: The past trouble code in the illustration shows DTC 21 as an example. C C123780E01 DLC3 Intelligent Tester C147699E01 3. DTC CHECK Check the DTCs. (1) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. (2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. (3) Check the DTCs by following the prompts on the tester screen. Refer to the intelligent tester operator's manual for further details. Clear the DTCs. (1) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. (2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. (3) Clear the DTCs by following the prompts on the tester screen. Refer to the intelligent tester operator's manual for further details.
23 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 23 CHECK MODE PROCEDURE DLC3 Intelligent Tester C147699E01 1. CHECK MODE (SIGNL CHECK): DTC CHECK Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Select "SIGNL CHECK", and proceed with checking using the intelligent tester. NOTICE: Select "SIGNL CHECK" from the "DTC CHECK" screen displayed on the intelligent tester to clear the output DTCs (both present and past). DTCs can be detected more sensitively in check mode than in normal diagnosis mode. Perform check mode inspection when a malfunction in each squib circuit is suspected even after the normal system code is output through normal diagnosis mode inspection.
24 24 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM DT LIST / CTIVE TEST By accessing the DT LIST displayed on the intelligent tester, you can perform such functions as reading the values of switches and sensors without removing any parts. Reading the DT LIST as the first step in troubleshooting is one method to save labor time. 1. DT LIST FOR CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Turn the tester on. Enter the following menus: DIGNOSIS / OBD/ MOBD / S IRBG / DT LIST. (e) Check the values by referring to the DLC3 Intelligent Tester C147699E01 DT LIST: Tester Display Measurement Item/Range Normal Condition Diagnostic Note D SET POSITION PSSEER CLSS D BUCKLE SW P BUCKLE SW PST CODES Driver Seat Position/ FORWRD: Seat position is forward BKWRD: Seat position is backward FIL: Failure detected Passenger Classification/ : Data is not determined OFF: Vacant CHILD: Child (less than 36 kg (79.37 lb)) is seated F05: dult (36 to 54 kg (79.37 to lb) is seated M50: dult (more than 54 kg ( lb)) is seated FIL: failure is detected Driver Buckle SW/ UNSET: The seat belt is not fastened SET: The seat belt is fastened : Data is not determined Passenger Buckle SW/ UNSET: The seat belt is not fastened SET: The seat belt is fastened : Data is not determined Number of Past DTC/ Min.: 0, Max.: 255 FORWRD/BKWRD - OFF/CHILD/F05/M50 - UNSET/SET - UNSET/SET - 0 -
25 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 25 TYPE INFO: DISPLY TYPE Tester Display Measurement Item/Range Normal Condition Diagnostic Note Display Type Information/ LR: The display is indicated by LH/RH DP: The display is indicated by Driver/Passenger DP -
26 26 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM DIGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHRT If a trouble code is displayed during the DTC check, check the circuit listed for the code in the table below (refer to the appropriate page). When the S warning light remains on and the DTC output is the normal system code, a voltage source drop is likely occurring. This malfunction is not stored in the memory by the center airbag sensor assembly. If the power source voltage returns to normal, the S warning light will automatically go off. When 2 or more codes are indicated, the code with the lower number appears first. If a code is not listed on the display chart, the center airbag sensor assembly may have failed. In the case of any malfunction concerning an open circuit, short to ground, short to B+, or squib malfunction, other trouble codes may not be detected. In this case, repair the malfunction currently indicated and then reinspect the system. Mark in the check mode column: *1: DTC is not corresponding to the check mode. *2: DTC is corresponding to the check mode. DTC which has the mark of the *3 is output only the equipped car of side and curtain shield airbag. DTC Code Detection Item Trouble rea Check Mode See page B1000/31 B1610/13 B1615/14 B1620/21 (*3) B1625/22 (*3) B1630/23 (*3) Center irbag Sensor ssembly Malfunction Front irbag Sensor RH Circuit Malfunction Front irbag Sensor LH Circuit Malfunction Side irbag Sensor RH Circuit Malfunction Side irbag Sensor LH Circuit Malfunction Driver Side Rear irbag Sensor Circuit Malfunction Center airbag sensor assembly 1. Front airbag sensor RH 2. Center airbag sensor assembly 3. Instrument panel wire 4. Engine room main wire 1. Front airbag sensor LH 2. Center airbag sensor assembly 3. Instrument panel wire 4. Engine room main wire 1. Side airbag sensor assembly RH (door side airbag sensor RH) 2. Center airbag sensor assembly 3. No. 2 floor wire 4. Front door wire RH 1. Side airbag sensor assembly RH (door side airbag sensor RH) 2. Center airbag sensor assembly 3. Floor wire 4. Front door wire LH 1. Rear airbag sensor LH 2. Center airbag sensor assembly 3. Floor wire *1-27 *1-28 *1-37 *1-46 *1-53 *1-60
27 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 27 DTC Code Detection Item Trouble rea Check Mode See page B1635/24 (*3) B1650/32 B1653/35 B1655/37 B1660/43 B1800/51 B1801/51 B1802/51 B1803/51 B1805/52 B1806/52 B1807/52 B1808/52 Front Passenger Side Rear irbag Sensor Circuit Malfunction Occupant Classification System Malfunction Seat Position irbag Sensor Circuit Malfunction Driver Side Seat Belt Buckle Switch Circuit Malfunction Passenger irbag ON / OFF Indicator Circuit Malfunction Short in Driver Side Squib Circuit Open in Driver Side Squib Circuit Short to GND in Driver Side Squib Circuit Short to B+ in Driver Side Squib Circuit Short in Front Passenger Side Squib Circuit Open in Front Passenger Side Squib Circuit Short to GND in Front Passenger Side Squib Circuit Short to B+ in Front Passenger Side Squib Circuit 1. Rear airbag sensor RH 2. Center airbag sensor assembly 3. Floor wire No Floor wire No Occupant classification system 3. Center airbag sensor assembly 1. Floor wire 2. Front seat inner belt assembly LH 3. Seat position airbag sensor 4. Center airbag sensor assembly 1. Front seat inner belt assembly LH (seat belt buckle switch (driver side)) 2. Center airbag sensor assembly 3. Floor wire 1. Instrument panel wire 2. Heater control base (Passenger airbag ON/ OFF indicator) 3. Center airbag sensor assembly 1. Horn button assembly (driver side squib) 2. Spiral cable subassembly 3. Center airbag sensor assembly 4. Instrument panel wire *1-65 *1-70 *1-76 *1-86 *1-92 *2-104 Same as DTC B1800/51 *2-104 Same as DTC B1800/51 *2-104 Same as DTC B1800/51 * Instrument panel wire 2. Instrument panel wire assembly 3. Front passenger airbag assembly (front passenger side squib) 4. Center airbag sensor assembly *2-118 Same as DTC B1805/52 *2-118 Same as DTC B1805/52 *2-118 Same as DTC B1805/52 *2-118
28 28 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM DTC Code Detection Item Trouble rea Check Mode See page B1810/53 B1811/53 B1812/53 B1813/53 B1815/54 B1816/54 B1817/54 B1818/54 B1820/55 (*3) B1821/55 (*3) B1822/55 (*3) B1823/55 (*3) B1825/56 (*3) B1826/56 (*3) B1827/56 (*3) B1828/56 (*3) Short in Driver Side Squib 2nd Step Circuit Open in Driver Side Squib 2nd Step Circuit Short to GND in Driver Side Squib 2nd Step Circuit Short to B+ in Driver Side Squib 2nd Step Circuit Short in Front Passenger Side Squib 2nd Step Circuit Open in Front Passenger Side Squib 2nd Step Circuit Short to GND in Front Passenger Side Squib 2nd Step Circuit Short to B+ in Front Passenger Side Squib 2nd Step Circuit Short in Front Driver Side - Side Squib Circuit Open in Front Driver Side - Side Squib Circuit Short to GND in Front Driver Side - Side Squib Circuit Short to B+ in Front Driver Side - Side Squib Circuit Short in Front Passenger Side - Side Squib Circuit Open in Front Passenger Side - Side Squib Circuit Short to GND in Front Passenger Side - Side Squib Circuit Short to B+ in Front Passenger Side - Side Squib Circuit 1. Horn button assembly (driver side squib, dual stage - 2nd step) 2. Spiral cable subassembly 3. Center airbag sensor assembly 4. Instrument panel wire *2-132 Same as DTC B1810/53 *2-132 Same as DTC B1810/53 *2-132 Same as DTC B1810/53 * Front passenger airbag assembly (driver side squib, dual stage - 2nd step) 2. Center airbag sensor assembly 3. Instrument panel wire 4. Instrument panel wire assembly *2-148 Same as DTC B1815/54 *2-148 Same as DTC B1815/54 *2-148 Same as DTC B1815/54 * Front seat with adjuster frame assembly LH (side squib (driver side)) 2. Center airbag sensor assembly 3. Floor wire *2-165 Same as DTC B1820/55 *2-165 Same as DTC B1820/55 *2-165 Same as DTC B1820/55 * Front seat with adjuster frame assembly RH (side squib (front passenger side)) 2. Center airbag sensor assembly 3. No. 2 floor wire *2-175 Same as DTC B1825/56 *2-175 Same as DTC B1825/56 *2-175 Same as DTC B1825/56 *2-175
29 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 29 DTC Code Detection Item Trouble rea Check Mode See page B1830/57 (*3) B1831/57 (*3) B1832/57 (*3) B1833/57 (*3) B1835/58 (*3) B1836/58 (*3) B1837/58 (*3) B1838/58 (*3) B1860/64 B1861/64 B1862/64 B1863/64 B1900/73 B1901/73 B1902/73 B1903/73 Short in Driver Side Curtain Shield Squib Circuit Open in Driver Side Curtain Shield Squib Circuit Short to GND in Driver Side Curtain Shield Squib Circuit Short to B+ in Driver Side Curtain Shield Squib Circuit Short in Front Passenger Side Curtain Shield Squib Circuit Open in Front Passenger Side Curtain Shield Squib Circuit Short to GND in Front Passenger Side Curtain Shield Squib Circuit Short to B+ in Front Passenger Side Curtain Shield Squib Circuit Short in Driver Side Knee irbag Squib Circuit Open in Driver Side Knee irbag Squib Circuit Short to GND in Driver Side Knee irbag Squib Circuit Short to B+ in Driver Side Knee irbag Squib Circuit Short in Front Driver Side Pretensioner Squib Circuit Open in Front Driver Side Pretensioner Squib Circuit Short to GND in Front Driver Side Pretensioner Squib Circuit Short to B+ in Front Driver Side Pretensioner Squib Circuit 1. Curtain shield airbag assembly LH (curtain shield airbag (driver side) squib) 2. Center airbag sensor assembly 3. Floor wire *2-185 Same as DTC B1830/57 *2-185 Same as DTC B1830/57 *2-185 Same as DTC B1830/57 * Curtain shield airbag assembly RH (curtain shield airbag (front passenger side) squib) 2. Center airbag sensor assembly 3. No. 2 floor wire *2-195 Same as DTC B1835/58 *2-195 Same as DTC B1835/58 *2-195 Same as DTC B1835/58 * Instrument panel wire 2. No. 1 instrument panel airbag assembly lower (knee airbag squib) 3. Center airbag sensor assembly *2-204 Same as DTC B1860/64 *2-204 Same as DTC B1860/64 *2-204 Same as DTC B1860/64 * Front seat outer belt assembly LH (pretensioner squib (driver side)) 2. Center airbag sensor assembly 3. Floor wire *2-213 Same as DTC B1900/73 *2-213 Same as DTC B1900/73 *2-213 Same as DTC B1900/73 *2-213
30 30 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM DTC Code Detection Item Trouble rea Check Mode See page B1905/74 B1906/74 B1907/74 B1908/74 Short in Front Passenger Side Pretensioner Squib Circuit Open in Front Passenger Side Pretensioner Squib Circuit Short to GND in Front Passenger Side Pretensioner Squib Circuit Short to B+ in Front Passenger Side Front Pretensioner Squib Circuit 1. Front seat outer belt assembly RH (pretensioner squib (front passenger side)) 2. Center airbag sensor assembly 3. No. 2 floor wire *2-222 Same as DTC B1905/74 *2-222 Same as DTC B1905/74 *2-222 Same as DTC B1905/74 *2-222
31 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 31 DTC B1000/31 Center irbag Sensor ssembly Malfunction DESCRIPTION The center airbag sensor consists of the airbag sensor, the safing sensor, the drive circuit, the diagnostic circuit, the ignition control, etc. If the center airbag sensor receives signals from the airbag sensor, it determines whether or not the S should be activated. B1000/31 is recorded when a malfunction is detected in the center airbag sensor. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition Trouble rea B1000/31 Center airbag sensor assembly malfunction Center airbag sensor assembly When a DTC is displayed simultaneously with B1000/31, repair the malfunction indicated by this code (except B1000/31) first. INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 CHECK FOR DTC (e) (f) (g) (h) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (see page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check the DTCs (see page -18). : DTC B1000/31 is not output. REPLCE CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY PERFORM SYMPTOM SIMULTION
32 32 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM DTC B1610/13 Front irbag Sensor RH Circuit Malfunction DESCRIPTION The front airbag sensor RH consists of the diagnostic circuit, the frontal deceleration sensor, etc. If the center airbag sensor receives signals from the frontal deceleration sensor, it determines whether or not the S should be activated. DTC B1610/13 is recorded when a malfunction is detected in the front airbag sensor RH circuit. DTC No, DTC Detection Condition Trouble rea B1610/13 The center airbag sensor assembly receives a line short signal, open signal, short to ground signal or B+ short signal in the front airbag sensor RH circuit for 2 seconds. Front airbag sensor RH malfunction Center airbag sensor assembly malfunction Front airbag sensor RH Center airbag sensor assembly Instrument panel wire Engine room main wire WIRI DIGRM 5 Front irbag Sensor RH Center irbag Sensor ssembly +SR 2 W 1 IE3 W SR -SR 1 B 2 IE3 B SR H002750E05
33 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 33 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 CHECK FOR DTC Front irbag Sensor RH (e) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (See page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check for DTCs (See page -18). : DTC B1610/13 is not output. Codes other than code B1610/13 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 2 Center irbag Sensor ssembly H100441E01 PERFORM SYMPTOM SIMULTION 2 CHECK CONNECTION OF CONNECTO Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Check that the connectors are properly connected to the center airbag sensor and the front airbag sensor RH. : The connectors are connected. CONNECT CONNECTO
34 34 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 3 CHECK FRONT IRBG SENSOR RH CIRCUIT (OPEN) Center irbag Sensor ssembly Front irbag Sensor RH F E DC B Service Wire +SR -SR H100442E01 (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) (k) (l) Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connectors from the horn button. Disconnect the connectors from the front passenger airbag. Disconnect the connector from the No. 1 instrument panel airbag lower. w/ Side and curtain shield airbag: Disconnect the connector from the front seat airbag LH. w/ Side and curtain shield airbag: Disconnect the connector from the front seat airbag RH. w/ Side and curtain shield airbag: Disconnect the connector from the curtain shield airbag LH. w/ Side and curtain shield airbag: Disconnect the connector from the curtain shield airbag RH. Disconnect the connector from the front seat outer belt LH. Disconnect the connector from the front seat outer belt RH. Using a service wire, connect 5-2 and 5-1 of connector "E". NOTICE: Do not forcibly insert a service wire into the terminals of the connector when connecting. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition (+SR) (-SR) Below 1 Ω Go to step 8
35 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 35 4 CHECK FRONT IRBG SENSOR RH CIRCUIT (SHORT) F Front irbag Sensor RH E D C 12 B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Disconnect the service wire from connector "E". Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition (+SR) (-SR) 1 MΩ or higher Go to step 9 +SR -SR H043437E01 5 CHECK FRONT IRBG SENSOR RH CIRCUIT (TO B+) F Front irbag Sensor RH E D C 12 B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Tester Connection Specified Condition (+SR) - Body ground Below 1 V (-SR) - Body ground Below 1 V Go to step 10 +SR -SR H043437E01
36 36 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 6 CHECK FRONT IRBG SENSOR RH CIRCUIT (TO GROUND) F Front irbag Sensor RH E D C 12 B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition (+SR) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher (-SR) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher Go to step 11 +SR -SR H043437E01 7 CHECK FRONT IRBG SENSOR RH Front irbag Sensor LH D C Center irbag Sensor ssembly (e) (f) (g) (h) Connect the connectors to the center airbag sensor. Interchange the front airbag sensor RH with LH and connect the connectors to them. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (See page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check the DTCs (See page -18). Result Result DTC B1610/13 is output. DTC B1615/14 is output. DTC B1610/13 and B1615/14 are not output. Proceed to B C H100443E01 B REPLCE CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY REPLCE FRONT IRBG SENSOR RH C PERFORM SYMPTOM SIMULTION
37 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 37 8 CHECK EINE ROOM MIN WIRE (OPEN) Center irbag Sensor ssembly Front irbag Sensor RH Engine Room Main Wire Instrument Panel Wire Disconnect the engine room main wire connector from the instrument panel wire. Connector "E" has already been inserted into the service wire. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance F E D C B Tester Connection IE3-1 (+SR) - IE3-2 (-SR) Specified Condition Below 1 Ω IE3 REPIR OR REPLCE EINE ROOM MIN WIRE -SR SR Service Wire H100444E01 REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE
38 38 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 9 CHECK EINE ROOM MIN WIRE (SHORT) Engine Room Main Wire Center irbag Sensor ssembly Disconnect the engine room main wire connector from the instrument panel wire. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition IE3-1 (+SR) - IE3-2 (-SR) 1 MΩ or higher F E D C B REPIR OR REPLCE EINE ROOM MIN WIRE Front irbag Sensor RH IE3 Instrument Panel Wire -SR SR H100445E01 REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE
39 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM CHECK EINE ROOM MIN WIRE (TO B+) Engine Room Main Wire F E D C Center irbag Sensor ssembly B (e) (f) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Disconnect the engine room main wire connector from the instrument panel wire. Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Front irbag Sensor RH IE3 Instrument Panel Wire Tester Connection IE3-1 (+SR) - Body ground IE3-2 (-SR) - Body ground Specified Condition Below 1 V Below 1 V -SR SR REPIR OR REPLCE EINE ROOM MIN WIRE H100445E01 REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE
40 40 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 11 CHECK EINE ROOM MIN WIRE (TO GROUND) Engine Room Main Wire Center irbag Sensor ssembly Disconnect the engine room main wire connector from the instrument panel wire. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition IE3-1 (+SR) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher IE3-2 (-SR) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher F Front irbag Sensor RH E D C IE3 B Instrument Panel Wire REPIR OR REPLCE EINE ROOM MIN WIRE -SR SR H100445E01 REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE
41 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 41 DTC B1615/14 Front irbag Sensor LH Circuit Malfunction DESCRIPTION The front airbag sensor LH consists of the diagnostic circuit, the frontal deceleration sensor, etc. If the center airbag sensor receives signals from the frontal deceleration sensor, it determines whether or not the S should be activated. DTC B1615/14 is recorded when a malfunction is detected in the front airbag sensor LH circuit. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition Trouble rea B1615/14 The center airbag sensor assembly receives a line short signal, open signal, short to ground signal or B+ short signal in the front airbag sensor LH circuit for 2 seconds. Front airbag sensor LH malfunction Center airbag sensor assembly malfunction Front airbag sensor LH Center airbag sensor assembly Instrument panel wire Engine room main wire WIRI DIGRM 4 Front irbag Sensor LH Center irbag Sensor ssembly +SL 2 G 3 IE3 G SL -SL 1 R 4 IE3 R SL H002750E06
42 42 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 CHECK FOR DTC Front irbag Sensor LH (e) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (See page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check for DTCs (See page -18). : DTC B1615/14 is not output. Codes other than code B1615/14 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 2 Center irbag Sensor ssembly H100447E01 PERFORM SYMPTOM SIMULTION 2 CHECK CONNECTION OF CONNECTO Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Check that the connectors are properly connected to the center airbag sensor and the front airbag sensor LH. : The connectors are connected. CONNECT CONNECTO
43 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 43 3 CHECK FRONT IRBG SENSOR LH CIRCUIT (OPEN) Center irbag Sensor ssembly Front irbag Sensor LH F E DC B Service Wire +SL -SL H100446E01 (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) (k) (l) Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connectors from the horn button. Disconnect the connectors from the front passenger airbag. Disconnect the connector from the No. 1 instrument panel airbag lower. w/ Side and curtain shield airbag: Disconnect the connector from the front seat airbag LH. w/ Side and curtain shield airbag: Disconnect the connector from the front seat airbag RH. w/ Side and curtain shield airbag: Disconnect the connector from the curtain shield airbag LH. w/ Side and curtain shield airbag: Disconnect the connector from the curtain shield airbag RH. Disconnect the connector from the front seat outer belt LH. Disconnect the connector from the front seat outer belt RH. Using a service wire, connect 4-2 and 4-1 of connector "E". NOTICE: Do not forcibly insert a service wire into the terminals of the connector when connecting. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition (+SL) (-SL) Below 1 Ω Go to step 8
44 44 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 4 CHECK FRONT IRBG SENSOR LH CIRCUIT (SHORT) F E Front irbag Sensor LH D C 12 B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Disconnect the service wire from connector "E". Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition (+SL) (-SL) 1 MΩ or higher Go to step 9 +SL -SL H043437E02 5 CHECK FRONT IRBG SENSOR LH CIRCUIT (TO B+) F Front irbag Sensor LH E D C 12 B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Tester Connection Specified Condition (+SL) - Body ground Below 1 V (-SL) - Body ground Below 1 V Go to step 10 +SL -SL H043437E02
45 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 45 6 CHECK FRONT IRBG SENSOR LH CIRCUIT (TO GROUND) F E Front irbag Sensor LH D C 12 B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition (+SL) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher (-SL) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher Go to step 11 +SL -SL H043437E02 7 CHECK FRONT IRBG SENSOR LH Front irbag Sensor RH D C Center irbag Sensor ssembly (e) (f) (g) (h) Connect the connectors to the center airbag sensor. Interchange the front airbag sensor LH with RH and connect the connectors to them. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (See page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check for DTCs (See page -18). Result Result DTC B1615/14 is output. DTC B1610/13 is output. DTC B1610/13 and B 1615/14 are not output. Proceed to B C H100448E01 B REPLCE CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY REPLCE FRONT IRBG SENSOR LH C PERFORM SYMPTOM SIMULTION
46 46 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 8 CHECK EINE ROOM MIN WIRE (OPEN) Front irbag Sensor LH Engine Room Main Wire Center irbag Sensor ssembly Instrument Panel Wire Disconnect the engine room main wire connector from the instrument panel wire. Connector "E" has already been inserted into the service wire. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance F E D C B Tester Connection IE3-3 (+SL) - IE3-4 (-SL) Specified Condition Below 1 Ω IE3 REPIR OR REPLCE EINE ROOM MIN WIRE SL +SL Service Wire H100449E01 REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE
47 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 47 9 CHECK EINE ROOM MIN WIRE Engine Room Main Wire Instrument Panel Wire Disconnect the engine room main wire connector from the instrument panel wire. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition IE3-3 (+SL) - IE3-4 (-SL) 1 MΩ or higher F E D C B REPIR OR REPLCE EINE ROOM MIN WIRE Front irbag Sensor LH IE3 Center irbag Sensor ssembly -SL SL H100450E01 REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE
48 48 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 10 CHECK EINE ROOM MIN WIRE (TO B+) Engine Room Main Wire F E D C Instrument Panel Wire B (e) (f) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Disconnect the engine room main wire connector from the instrument panel wire. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Front irbag Sensor LH IE3 Center irbag Sensor ssembly Tester Connection IE3-3 (+SL) - Body ground IE3-4 (-SL) - Body ground Specified Condition Below 1 V Below 1 V -SL SL REPIR OR REPLCE EINE ROOM MIN WIRE H100450E01 REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE
49 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM CHECK EINE ROOM MIN WIRE (TO GROUND) Engine Room Main Wire Instrument Panel Wire Disconnect the engine room main wire connector from the instrument panel wire. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition IE3-3 (+SL) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher F Front irbag Sensor LH E D C IE3 B Center irbag Sensor ssembly IE3-4 (-SL) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher REPIR OR REPLCE EINE ROOM MIN WIRE -SL SL H100450E01 REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE
50 50 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM DTC B1620/21 Side irbag Sensor RH Circuit Malfunction DESCRIPTION The side airbag sensor RH consists of the safing sensor, the diagnostic circuit, the lateral deceleration sensor, etc. If the center airbag sensor receives signals from the lateral deceleration sensor, it determines whether or not the S should be activated. DTC B1625/22 is recorded when a malfunction is detected in the side airbag sensor RH circuit. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition Trouble rea B1625/22 The center airbag sensor assembly receives a line short signal, open signal, short to ground signal or B+ short signal in the side airbag sensor assembly RH circuit for 2 seconds. Side airbag sensor assembly RH malfunction Center airbag sensor assembly malfunction Side airbag sensor assembly RH (door side airbag sensor RH) Center airbag sensor assembly No. 2 floor wire Front door wire RH WIRI DIGRM S10 Side irbag Sensor ssembly RH (Door Side irbag Sensor RH) Center irbag Sensor ssembly VUPR 2 W 2 IK1 W VUPP ESR 1 B 1 IK1 B ESP H002750E08
51 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 51 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 CHECK FOR DTC Side irbag Sensor ssembly RH Center irbag Sensor ssembly (e) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (see page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check for DTCs (see page -18). : DTC B1625/22 is output. Codes other than code B1625/22 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 2 H043453E01 PERFORM SYMPTOM SIMULTION 2 CHECK CONNECTION OF CONNECTO Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Check that the connectors are properly connected to the center airbag sensor and the side airbag sensor RH. : The connectors are connected. CONNECT CONNECTO
52 52 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 3 CHECK SIDE IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY LH CIRCUIT (OPEN) Side irbag Sensor ssembly RH Center irbag Sensor ssembly F E D C B 13 S VUPP ESP Service Wire H100453E01 (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) (k) (l) Disconnect the connector from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connector from the horn button. Disconnect the connector from the front passenger airbag. Disconnect the connector from the No. 1 instrument panel airbag lower. Disconnect the connector from the front seat airbag LH. Disconnect the connector from the front seat airbag RH. Disconnect the connector from the curtain shield airbag LH. Disconnect the connector from the curtain shield airbag RH. Disconnect the connector from the front seat outer belt LH. Disconnect the connector from the front seat outer belt RH. Using a service wire, connect S10-2 and S10-1 of connector "E". NOTICE: Do not forcibly insert a service wire into the terminals of the connector when connecting. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition (VUPP) (ESP) Below 1 Ω Go to step 8 4 CHECK SIDE IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY LH CIRCUIT (SHORT) Disconnect the service wire from connector "E". Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance F E Side irbag Sensor ssembly RH D C 13 B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Tester Connection Specified Condition (VUPP) (ESP) 1 MΩ or higher Go to step 9 VUPP ESP H043455E01
53 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 53 5 CHECK SIDE IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY LH CIRCUIT (TO B+) F E Side irbag Sensor ssembly RH D C 13 B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Tester Connection Specified Condition (VUPP) - Body ground Below 1 V (ESP) - Body ground Below 1 V Go to step 10 VUPP ESP H043455E01 6 CHECK SIDE IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY LH CIRCUIT (TO GROUND) F E Side irbag Sensor ssembly RH D C 13 B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition (VUPP) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher (ESP) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher Go to step 11 VUPP ESP H043455E01
54 54 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 7 CHECK SIDE IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY LH Side irbag Sensor ssembly LH Center irbag Sensor ssembly (e) (f) (g) (h) Result Connect the connectors to the center airbag sensor. Interchange the side airbag sensor RH with LH and connect the connectors to them. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (see page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check for DTCs (see page -18). Result Proceed to H043456E01 DTC B1625/22 is output. DTC B1620/21 is output. B DTC B1625/22 and B1620/21 are not output. C B REPLCE CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY REPLCE SIDE IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY LH C PERFORM SYMPTOM SIMULTION
55 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 55 8 CHECK FRONT DOOR WIRE LH (OPEN) Side irbag Sensor RH Front Door Wire RH Center irbag Sensor ssembly No. 2 Floor Wire Disconnect the front door wire RH connector from the No. 2 floor wire. Connector "E" has already been inserted into the service wire. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition F E D S C B IK1 IK1-2 (VUPP) - IK1-1 (ESP) Below 1 Ω REPIR OR REPLCE FRONT DOOR WIRE LH Service Wire VUPP ESP H100454E01 REPIR OR REPLCE FLOOR WIRE 9 CHECK FRONT DOOR WIRE LH (SHORT) No. 2 Floor Wire F Side irbag Sensor RH Front Door Wire RH E D C IK1 B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Disconnect the front door wire RH connector from the No. 2 floor wire. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection IK1-2 (VUPP) - IK1-1 (ESP) Specified Condition 1 MΩ or higher REPIR OR REPLCE FRONT DOOR WIRE LH VUPP ESP H045244E01 REPIR OR REPLCE FLOOR WIRE
56 56 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 10 CHECK FRONT DOOR WIRE LH (TO B+) No. 2 Floor Wire F Side irbag Sensor RH Front Door Wire RH E D C IK1 B Center irbag Sensor ssembly (e) (f) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Disconnect the front door wire RH connector from the No. 2 floor wire. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Tester Connection Specified Condition VUPP ESP IK1-2 (VUPP) - Body ground IK1-1 (ESP) - Body ground Below 1 V Below 1 V H045244E01 REPIR OR REPLCE FRONT DOOR WIRE LH REPIR OR REPLCE FLOOR WIRE 11 CHECK FRONT DOOR WIRE LH (TO GROUND) No. 2 Floor Wire F Side irbag Sensor RH E D C IK1 B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Disconnect the front door wire RH connector from the No. 2 floor wire. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection IK1-2 (VUPP) - Body ground IK1-1 (ESP) - Body ground Specified Condition 1 MΩ or higher 1 MΩ or higher Front Door Wire RH REPIR OR REPLCE FRONT DOOR WIRE LH VUPP ESP H045244E01 REPIR OR REPLCE FLOOR WIRE
57 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 57 DTC B1625/22 Side irbag Sensor LH Circuit Malfunction DESCRIPTION The side airbag sensor LH consists of the safing sensor, the diagnostic circuit, the lateral deceleration sensor, etc. If the center airbag sensor receives signals from the lateral deceleration sensor, it determines whether or not the S should be activated. DTC B1620/21 is recorded when a malfunction is detected in the side airbag sensor LH circuit. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition Trouble rea B1620/21 The center airbag sensor assembly receives a line short signal, open signal, short to ground signal or B+ short signal in the side airbag sensor assembly LH circuit for 2 seconds. Side airbag sensor assembly LH malfunction Center airbag sensor assembly malfunction Side airbag sensor assembly LH (door side airbag sensor LH) Center airbag sensor assembly Floor wire Front door wire LH WIRI DIGRM S9 Side irbag Sensor ssembly LH (Door Side irbag Sensor LH) Center irbag Sensor ssembly VUPL 2 W 2 ID1 W VUPD ESL 1 B 1 ID1 B ESD H002750E07
58 58 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 CHECK FOR DTC Side irbag Sensor ssembly LH Center irbag Sensor ssembly (e) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (see page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check for DTCs (see page -18). : DTC B1620/21 is not output. Codes other than code B1620/21 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 2 H043448E01 PERFORM SYMPTOM SIMULTION 2 CHECK CONNECTION OF CONNECTO Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Check that the connectors are properly connected to the center airbag sensor and the side airbag sensor LH. : The connectors are connected. CONNECT CONNECTO
59 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 59 3 CHECK SIDE IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY RH CIRCUIT (OPEN) Center irbag Sensor ssembly Side irbag Sensor ssembly LH F E D C B S Service Wire ESD VUPD H102555E01 (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) (k) (l) Disconnect the connector from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connector from the horn button. Disconnect the connector from the front passenger airbag. Disconnect the connector from the No. 1 instrument panel airbag lower. Disconnect the connector from the front seat airbag LH. Disconnect the connector from the front seat airbag RH. Disconnect the connector from the curtain shield airbag LH. Disconnect the connector from the curtain shield airbag RH. Disconnect the connector from the front seat outer belt LH. Disconnect the connector from the front seat outer belt RH. Using a service wire, connect S9-2 and S9-1 of connector "E". NOTICE: Do not forcibly insert a service wire into the terminals of the connector when connecting. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition (VUPD) (ESD) Below 1 Ω Go to step 8 4 CHECK SIDE IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY RH CIRCUIT (SHORT) F Side irbag Sensor ssembly LH E D C 11 B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Disconnect the service wire from connector "E". Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition (VUPD) (ESD) 1 MΩ or higher Go to step 9 ESD VUPD H043450E01
60 60 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 5 CHECK SIDE IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY RH CIRCUIT (TO B+) F Side irbag Sensor ssembly LH E D C 11 B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Tester Connection Specified Condition (VUPD) - Body ground Below 1 V (ESD) - Body ground Below 1 V Go to step 10 ESD VUPD H043450E01 6 CHECK SIDE IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY RH CIRCUIT (TO GROUND) F Side irbag Sensor ssembly LH E D C 11 B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition (VUPD) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher (ESD) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher Go to step 11 ESD VUPD H043450E01
61 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 61 7 CHECK SIDE IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY RH Side irbag Sensor ssembly RH Center irbag Sensor ssembly (e) (f) (g) (h) Result Connect the connectors to the center airbag sensor. Interchange the side airbag sensor RH with LH and connect the connectors to them. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (see page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check for DTCs (see page -18). Result Proceed to H043451E01 DTC B1620/21 is output. DTC B1625/22 is output. B DTC B1620/21 and B1625/22 are not output. C B REPLCE CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY REPLCE SIDE IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY RH C PERFORM SYMPTOM SIMULTION
62 62 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 8 CHECK FRONT DOOR WIRE RH (OPEN) Front Door Wire LH Side irbag Sensor ssembly LH F E S9 D Center irbag Sensor ssembly C B Floor Wire ID1 Disconnect the front door wire LH connector from the floor wire. Connector "E" has already been inserted into the service wire. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection ID1-2 (VUPD) - ID1-1 (ESD) Specified Condition Below 1 Ω REPIR OR REPLCE FRONT DOOR WIRE RH Service Wire VUPD ESD H100452E01 REPIR OR REPLCE NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE 9 CHECK FRONT DOOR WIRE RH (SHORT) Front Door Wire LH F Side irbag Sensor ssembly LH VUPD E D ID1 C B Floor Wire Center irbag Sensor ssembly ESD Disconnect the front door wire LH connector from the floor wire. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection ID1-2 (VUPD) - ID1-1 (ESD) Specified Condition 1 MΩ or higher REPIR OR REPLCE FRONT DOOR WIRE RH H045241E01 REPIR OR REPLCE NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE
63 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM CHECK FRONT DOOR WIRE RH (TO B+) Front Door Wire LH F Side irbag Sensor ssembly LH E D ID1 C B Floor Wire Center irbag Sensor ssembly (e) (f) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Disconnect the front door wire LH connector from the floor wire. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage ESD Tester Connection Specified Condition VUPD ID1-2 (VUPD) - Body ground ID1-1 (ESD) - Body ground Below 1 V Below 1 V H045241E01 REPIR OR REPLCE FRONT DOOR WIRE RH REPIR OR REPLCE NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE 11 CHECK FRONT DOOR WIRE RH (TO GROUND) Front Door Wire LH F Side irbag Sensor ssembly LH VUPD E D ID1 C B Floor Wire Center irbag Sensor ssembly ESD Disconnect the front door wire LH connector from the floor wire. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection ID1-2 (VUPD) - Body ground ID1-1 (ESD) - Body ground Specified Condition 1 MΩ or higher 1 MΩ or higher REPIR OR REPLCE FRONT DOOR WIRE RH H045241E01 REPIR OR REPLCE NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE
64 64 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM DTC B1630/23 Driver Side Rear irbag Sensor Circuit Malfunction DESCRIPTION The rear airbag sensor LH consists of the safing sensor, the diagnostic circuit, the lateral deceleration sensor, etc. If the center airbag sensor receives signals from the lateral deceleration sensor, it determines whether or not the S should be activated. DTC B1630/23 is recorded when a malfunction is detected in the rear airbag sensor LH circuit. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition Trouble rea B1630/23 The center airbag sensor assembly receives a line short signal, open signal, short to ground signal or B+ short signal in the rear airbag sensor LH circuit for 2 seconds. Rear airbag sensor LH malfunction Center airbag sensor assembly malfunction Rear airbag sensor LH Center airbag sensor assembly Floor wire WIRI DIGRM 18 Rear irbag Sensor LH Center irbag Sensor ssembly VUCL 2 W VUCD ESCL 1 B ESCD H041710E31
65 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 65 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 CHECK FOR DTC Rear irbag Sensor LH Center irbag Sensor ssembly (e) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (see page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check for DTCs (see page -18). : DTC B1630/23 is not output. Codes other than code B1630/23 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 2 H045269E01 PERFORM SYMPTOM SIMULTION 2 CHECK CONNECTION OF CONNECTO Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Check that the connectors are properly connected to the center airbag sensor and the rear airbag sensor LH. : The connectors are connected. CONNECT CONNECTO
66 66 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 3 CHECK FLOOR WIRE (OPEN) 2 Floor Wire 18 Rear irbag Sensor LH D SST 1 Center irbag Sensor ssembly C B ESCD 11 VUCD H100456E01 Disconnect the connector from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connector from the horn button. Disconnect the connector from the front passenger airbag. Disconnect the connector from the No. 1 instrument panel airbag lower. (e) Disconnect the connector from the front seat airbag LH. (f) Disconnect the connector from the front seat airbag RH. (g) Disconnect the connector from the curtain shield airbag LH. (h) Disconnect the connector from the curtain shield airbag RH. (i) Disconnect the connector from the front seat outer belt LH. (j) Disconnect the connector from the front seat outer belt RH. (k) Using SST, connect 18-2 and 18-1 of connector "C". SST (l) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition (VUCD) (ESCD) Below 1 Ω REPIR OR REPLCE FLOOR WIRE 4 CHECK FLOOR WIRE (SHORT) D Center irbag Sensor LH C D 11 Floor Wire Center irbag Sensor ssembly Disconnect the SST from connector "C". Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition (VUCD) (ESCD) 1 MΩ or higher REPIR OR REPLCE FLOOR WIRE ESCD VUCD H043459E01
67 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 67 5 CHECK FLOOR WIRE (TO B+) D Center irbag Sensor LH C D 11 Floor Wire Center irbag Sensor ssembly Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Tester Connection Specified Condition (VUCD) - Body ground Below 1 V (ESCD) - Body ground Below 1 V REPIR OR REPLCE FLOOR WIRE ESCD VUCD H043459E01 6 CHECK FLOOR WIRE (TO GROUND) D Center irbag Sensor LH C D 11 Floor Wire Center irbag Sensor ssembly Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition (VUCD) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher (ESCD) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher REPIR OR REPLCE FLOOR WIRE ESCD VUCD H043459E01
68 68 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 7 CHECK RER IRBG SENSOR LH Rear irbag Sensor RH Center irbag Sensor ssembly (e) (f) (g) (h) Connect the connectors to the center airbag sensor. Interchange the rear airbag sensor LH with RH and connect the connectors to them. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (see page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check the DTCs (see page -18). Result Result DTC B1630/23 is output. DTC B1635/24 is output. DTC B1630/23 and B1635/24 are not output. Proceed to B C H100457E01 B REPLCE CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY REPLCE RER IRBG SENSOR LH C PERFORM SYMPTOM SIMULTION
69 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 69 DTC B1635/24 Front Passenger Side Rear irbag Sensor Circuit Malfunction DESCRIPTION The rear airbag sensor RH consists of the safing sensor, the diagnostic circuit, the lateral deceleration sensor, etc. If the center airbag sensor receives signals from the lateral deceleration sensor, it determines whether or not the S should be activated. DTC B1635/24 is recorded when a malfunction is detected in the rear airbag sensor RH circuit. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition Trouble rea B1635/24 The center airbag sensor assembly receives a line short signal, open signal, short to ground signal or B+ short signal in the rear airbag sensor RH circuit for 2 seconds. Rear airbag sensor RH malfunction Center airbag sensor assembly malfunction Rear airbag sensor RH Center airbag sensor assembly No. 2 floor wire WIRI DIGRM 19 Rear irbag Sensor RH Center irbag Sensor ssembly VUCR 2 W VUCP ESCR 1 B ESCP H041710E15
70 70 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 CHECK FOR DTC Center irbag Sensor ssembly (e) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (see page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check for DTCs (see page -18). : DTC B1635/24 is not output. Codes other than code B1635/24 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 2 Rear irbag Sensor RH H100458E01 PERFORM SYMPTOM SIMULTION 2 CHECK CONNECTION OF CONNECTO Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Check that the connectors are properly connected to the center airbag sensor and the rear airbag sensor RH. : The connectors are connected. CONNECT CONNECTO
71 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 71 3 CHECK NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE (OPEN) Center irbag Sensor ssembly Rear irbag Sensor RH No. 2 Floor Wire D C B SST VUCP ESCP H100459E01 Disconnect the connector from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connector from the horn button. Disconnect the connector from the front passenger airbag. Disconnect the connector from the No. 1 instrument panel airbag lower. (e) Disconnect the connector from the front seat airbag LH. (f) Disconnect the connector from the front seat airbag RH. (g) Disconnect the connector from the curtain shield airbag LH. (h) Disconnect the connector from the curtain shield airbag RH. (i) Disconnect the connector from the front seat outer belt LH. (j) Disconnect the connector from the front seat outer belt RH. (k) Using SST, connect 19-2 and 19-1 of connector "C". SST (l) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition (VUCP) (ESCP) Below 1 Ω REPIR OR REPLCE NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE 4 CHECK NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE (SHORT) No. 2 Floor Wire D C B Disconnect the SST from connector "C". Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition Rear irbag Sensor RH 13 Center irbag Sensor ssembly (VUCP) (ESCP) 1 MΩ or higher REPIR OR REPLCE NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE VUCP ESCP H043460E01
72 72 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 5 CHECK NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE (TO B+) No. 2 Floor Wire D Rear irbag Sensor RH C B 13 Center irbag Sensor ssembly Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Tester Connection Specified Condition (VUCP) - Body ground Below 1 V (ESCP) - Body ground Below 1 V REPIR OR REPLCE NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE VUCP ESCP H043460E01 6 CHECK NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE (TO GROUND) No. 2 Floor Wire D Rear irbag Sensor RH C B 13 Center irbag Sensor ssembly Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition (VUCP) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher (ESCP) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher REPIR OR REPLCE NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE VUCP ESCP H043460E01
73 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 73 7 CHECK RER IRBG SENSOR RH Center irbag Sensor ssembly Rear irbag Sensor LH (e) (f) (g) (h) Connect the connectors to the center airbag sensor. Interchange the rear airbag sensor LH with RH and connect the connectors to them. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (see page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check the DTCs (see page -18). Result Result DTC B1635/24 is output. DTC B1630/23 is output DTC B1630/23 and B1635/24 are not output. Proceed to B C H100460E01 B REPLCE CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY REPLCE RER IRBG SENSOR RH C PERFORM SYMPTOM SIMULTION
74 74 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM DTC B1650/32 Occupant Classification System Malfunction DESCRIPTION The occupant classification system circuit consists of the center airbag sensor assembly and the occupant classification system. If the center airbag sensor assembly receives signals from the occupant classification ECU, it determines whether or not the front passenger airbag assembly and the front seat side airbag assembly RH should be operated. DTC B1650/32 is recorded when a malfunction is detected in the occupant classification system circuit. DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Trouble rea B1650/32 Occupant classification system malfunction The center airbag sensor assembly receives a line short circuit signal, an open circuit signal, a short circuit to ground signal or a short circuit to B+ signal in the occupant classification system circuit for 2 seconds. Center airbag sensor assembly malfunction Floor wire No. 2 Occupant classification system Center airbag sensor assembly WIRI DIGRM O4 Occupant Classification ECU Center irbag Sensor ssembly FSR+ 8 L FSP+ 4 R FSR- FSP- H041710E30
75 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 75 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 CHECK DTC (OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION ECU) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 10 seconds. Using the intelligent tester, check the DTCs of the occupant classification ECU (See page -257). : DTC is not output. REPIR CIRCUITS INDICTED BY OUTPUT DTCS 2 CHECK DTC (CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY) Occupant Classification ECU Center irbag Sensor ssembly (e) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (See page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check the DTCs (See page -18). : DTC B1650/32 is not output. Codes other than DTC B1650/32 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. DLC3 DTC 32 USE SIMULTION METHOD TO CHECK CG TC C C111916E01 3 CHECK CONNECTO Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Check that the connectors are properly connected to the center airbag sensor assembly and occupant classification ECU. : The connectors are properly connected.
76 76 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM (e) If the connectors are not connected securely, reconnect the connectors and proceed to the next inspection. Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor assembly and occupant classification ECU. Check that the connectors are not damaged. : The connectors are connected. REPIR OR REPLCE FLOOR WIRE NO. 2 4 CHECK FLOOR WIRE NO. 2 (OPEN) D Occupant Classification ECU Connector "C" O4 C B FSP- FSR+ Service Wire FSR- FSP+ Floor Wire No. 2 Center irbag Sensor ssembly Connector "B" 13 C145363E01 (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) (k) Disconnect the connectors from the steering pad. Disconnect the connectors from the front passenger airbag assembly. Disconnect the connector from the driver side knee airbag assembly. with Side and Curtain Shield irbag: Disconnect the connector from the front seat side airbag assembly LH. with Side and Curtain Shield irbag: Disconnect the connector from the front seat side airbag assembly RH. with Side and Curtain Shield irbag: Disconnect the connector from the curtain shield airbag assembly LH. with Side and Curtain Shield irbag: Disconnect the connector from the curtain shield airbag assembly RH. Disconnect the connector from the front seat outer belt assembly LH. Disconnect the connector from the front seat outer belt assembly RH. Using a service wire, connect terminals O4-8 (FSR+) and O4-4 (FSR-) of connector "C". NOTICE: Do not forcibly insert a service wire into the terminals of the connector when connecting. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Terminal Connection Condition Specified Condition (FSP+) (FSP-) lways Below 1 Ω REPIR OR REPLCE FLOOR WIRE NO. 2
77 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 77 5 CHECK FLOOR WIRE NO. 2 (SHORT) Floor Wire No. 2 Disconnect the service wire from connector "B". Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance D C Occupant Classification ECU B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Terminal Connection Condition Specified Condition (FSP+) (FSP-) lways 1 MΩ or higher REPIR OR REPLCE FLOOR WIRE NO. 2 Connector "B" FSP+ 13 C C145364E01 6 CHECK FLOOR WIRE NO. 2 (SHORT TO B+) D C Occupant Classification ECU Floor Wire No. 2 B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition (FSP+) - Body ground Ignition switch ON Below 1 V (FSP-) Body ground Ignition switch ON Below 1 V FSP+ Connector "B" 13 REPIR OR REPLCE FLOOR WIRE NO. 2 C FSP- FSP- C145364E01
78 78 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 7 CHECK FLOOR WIRE NO. 2 (SHORT TO GROUND) D C Occupant Classification ECU Floor Wire No. 2 B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition (FSP+) - Body ground lways 1 MΩ or higher (FSP-) Body ground lways 1 MΩ or higher FSP+ Connector "B" 13 REPIR OR REPLCE FLOOR WIRE NO. 2 C FSP- C145364E01 8 CHECK CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY Occupant Classification ECU Center irbag Sensor ssembly (e) (f) (g) Connect the connectors to the center airbag sensor assembly and occupant classification ECU. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in the memory (See page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check for DTCs (See page -18). : DTC B1650/32 is not output. DLC3 DTC 32 REPLCE CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY CG TC C C111916E01
79 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 79 9 REPLCE OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION ECU Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Replace the occupant classification ECU (See page - 407). NEXT 10 PERFORM ZERO POINT CLIBRTION Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Using the intelligent tester, perform "zero point calibration" (See page -250). : "COMPLETED" is displayed. NEXT 11 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK Using the intelligent tester, perform "sensitivity check" (See page -250). NEXT END
80 80 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM DTC B1653/35 Seat Position irbag Sensor Circuit Malfunction DESCRIPTION The seat position airbag sensor circuit consists of the center airbag sensor assembly and the seat position airbag sensor. DTC B1653/35 is recorded when a malfunction is detected in the seat position airbag sensor circuit. DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Trouble rea B1653/35 The center airbag sensor assembly receives a line short circuit signal, an open circuit signal, a short circuit to ground signal or a short circuit to B+ signal in the seat position airbag sensor circuit for 2 seconds. Seat position airbag sensor malfunction Center airbag sensor assembly malfunction Floor wire Front seat inner belt assembly LH Seat position airbag sensor Center airbag sensor assembly WIRI DIGRM Seat Position irbag Sensor 11 Center irbag Sensor ssembly F6 Front Seat Inner Belt ssembly LH 1 LSP+ 2 9 DSP+ 2 LSP DSP- C145376E02
81 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 81 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 CHECK DTC DC Seat Position irbag Sensor Center irbag Sensor ssembly DLC3 DTC 35 (e) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in the memory (See page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check for DTCs (See page -18). : DTC B1653/35 is not output. Codes other than DTC B1653/35 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 2 CG TC C145377E01 USE SIMULTION METHOD TO CHECK 2 CHECK CONNECTION OF CONNECTO Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Check that the connectors are properly connected to the center airbag sensor assembly and the seat position airbag sensor. : The connectors are properly connected. CONNECT CONNECTO, THEN GO TO STEP 1 3 CHECK CONNECTO Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor assembly and the seat position airbag sensor. Check that the connectors are not damaged. : The connectors are not deformed or damaged. REPIR OR REPLCE WIRE HRNESS
82 82 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 4 CHECK SET POSITION IRBG SENSOR CIRCUIT (OPEN) F E Seat Position irbag Sensor Connector E D C Service Wire B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Connector B 11 DSP+ DSP- C145378E01 (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) (k) Disconnect the connectors from the steering pad. Disconnect the connectors from the front passenger airbag assembly. Disconnect the connector from the driver side knee airbag assembly. with Side and Curtain Shield irbag: Disconnect the connector from the front seat side airbag assembly LH. with Side and Curtain Shield irbag: Disconnect the connector from the front seat side airbag assembly RH. with Side and Curtain Shield irbag: Disconnect the connector from the curtain shield airbag assembly LH. with Side and Curtain Shield irbag: Disconnect the connector from the curtain shield airbag assembly RH. Disconnect the connector from the front seat outer belt assembly LH. Disconnect the connector from the front seat outer belt assembly RH. Using a service wire, connect terminals 1 and 2 of connector "E". NOTICE: Do not forcibly insert a service wire into the terminals of the connector when connecting. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition 11-9 (DSP+) (DSP-) lways Below 1 Ω Go to step 11
83 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 83 5 CHECK SET POSITION IRBG SENSOR CIRCUIT (SHORT) F E Seat Position irbag Sensor D C B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Disconnect the service wire from connector E. Measure the resistance between the terminals of connector E according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition 11-9 (DSP+) (DSP-) lways 1 MΩ or higher Go to step 12 Connector B 11 DSP+ C145379E01 6 CHECK SET POSITION IRBG SENSOR CIRCUIT (SHORT TO B+) F E Seat Position irbag Sensor D C Connector B 11 B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition 11-9 (DSP+) - Body ground Ignition switch ON Below 1 V (DSP-) - Body ground Ignition switch ON Below 1 V Go to step 13 DSP+ DSP- DSP- C145379E01
84 84 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 7 CHECK SET POSITION IRBG SENSOR CIRCUIT (SHORT TO GROUND) F E Seat Position irbag Sensor D C Connector B 11 B Center irbag Sensor ssembly DSP+ Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition 11-9 (DSP+) - Body ground lways 1 MΩ or higher (DSP-) - Body ground lways 1 MΩ or higher Go to step 14 DSP- C145379E01 8 CHECK SET POSITION IRBG SENSOR DC Seat Position irbag Sensor CG Center irbag Sensor ssembly DLC3 DTC 35 TC C145377E01 (e) (f) (g) Connect the connectors to the center airbag sensor assembly and the seat position airbag sensor. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in the memory (See page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check for DTCs (See page -18). : DTC B1653/35 is not output. Codes other than DTC B1653/35 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 9 USE SIMULTION METHOD TO CHECK
85 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 85 9 REPLCE SET POSITION IRBG SENSOR Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Replace the seat position airbag sensor (See page - 404). Perform inspection using parts from a normal vehicle if possible. NEXT 10 CHECK CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY DC Seat Position irbag Sensor CG Center irbag Sensor ssembly DLC3 DTC 35 (e) (f) Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in the memory (See page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check for DTCs (See page -18). : DTC B1653/35 is not output. Codes other than DTC B1653/35 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. TC C145377E01 REPLCE CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY END
86 86 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 11 CHECK FRONT SET INNER BELT SSEMBLY LH (OPEN) Front Seat Inner Belt ssembly LH F E Seat Position irbag Sensor D C Floor Wire B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Disconnect the floor wire connector from the front seat inner belt assembly LH. The service wire has already been inserted into connector "E". Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition F6-2 (LSP+) - F6-4 (LSP-) lways Below 1 Ω REPLCE FRONT SET INNER BELT SSEMBLY LH Connector D Connector E LSP+ F6 LSP- Service Wire C145380E01 REPIR OR REPLCE FLOOR WIRE
87 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM CHECK FRONT SET INNER BELT SSEMBLY LH (SHORT) Front Seat Inner Belt ssembly LH Floor Wire Disconnect the floor wire connector from the front seat inner belt assembly LH. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance F E Seat Position irbag Sensor D C B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition F6-2 (LSP+) - F6-4 (LSP-) lways 1 MΩ or higher REPLCE FRONT SET INNER BELT SSEMBLY LH Connector D LSP+ F6 LSP- C145381E01 REPIR OR REPLCE FLOOR WIRE
88 88 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 13 CHECK FRONT SET INNER BELT SSEMBLY LH (SHORT TO B+) Front Seat Inner Belt ssembly LH F E Seat Position irbag Sensor D C Floor Wire B Center irbag Sensor ssembly (e) (f) Disconnect the negative(-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Disconnect the floor wire connector from the front seat inner belt assembly LH. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition F6-2 (LSP+) - Body ground Ignition switch ON Below 1 V F6-4 (LSP-) - Body ground Ignition switch ON Below 1 V LSP+ Connector D F6 REPLCE FRONT SET INNER BELT SSEMBLY LH LSP- C145381E01 REPIR OR REPLCE FLOOR WIRE
89 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM CHECK FRONT SET INNER BELT SSEMBLY LH (SHORT TO GROUND) Front Seat Inner Belt ssembly LH F E Seat Position irbag Sensor D C Floor Wire B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Disconnect the floor wire connector from the front seat inner belt assembly LH. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition F6-2 (LSP+) - Body ground lways 1 MΩ or higher F6-4 (LSP-) - Body ground lways 1 MΩ or higher REPLCE FRONT SET INNER BELT SSEMBLY LH Connector D LSP+ F6 LSP- C145381E01 REPIR OR REPLCE FLOOR WIRE
90 90 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM DTC B1655/37 Driver Side Seat Belt Buckle Switch Circuit Malfunction DESCRIPTION The seat belt buckle switch (driver side) circuit consists of the center airbag sensor and the front seat inner belt LH (seat belt buckle switch (driver side)). DTC B1655/37 is recorded when a malfunction is detected in the seat belt buckle switch (driver side) circuit. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition Trouble rea B1655/37 The center airbag sensor assembly receives a line short signal, open signal, short to ground signal or B+ short signal in the seat belt buckle switch (driver side) circuit for 2 seconds. Front seat inner belt assembly LH (seat belt buckle switch (driver side)) malfunction Center airbag sensor assembly malfunction Front seat inner belt assembly LH (seat belt buckle switch (driver side)) Center airbag sensor assembly Floor wire WIRI DIGRM F6* Buckle Switch (Driver Side) (Seat Position irbag Sensor) Center irbag Sensor ssembly 1 G DBE+ 3 R DBE- *: The connectors of the seat position airbag sensor and the front seat inner belt assembly LH (buckle switch (driver seat side)) are in common use. H045273E01
91 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 91 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 CHECK FOR DTC Front Seat Inner Belt ssembly LH (e) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (see page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check for DTCs (see page -18). : DTC B1655/37 is not output. Codes other than code B1655/37 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 2 Center irbag Sensor ssembly H100463E01 PERFORM SYMPTOM SIMULTION 2 CHECK CONNECTION OF CONNECTO Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Check that the connectors are properly connected to the center airbag sensor and the front seat inner belt LH. : The connectors are connected. CONNECT CONNECTO
92 92 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 3 CHECK FLOOR WIRE (OPEN) Center irbag Sensor ssembly D Floor Wire F6 Service Wire Front Seat Inner Belt ssembly LH C 1 3 B DBE+ 11 DBE- H100464E01 (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) (k) (l) Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connectors from the horn button. Disconnect the connectors from the front passenger airbag. Disconnect the connector from the No. 1 instrument panel airbag lower. w/ Side and curtain shield airbag: Disconnect the connector from the front seat airbag LH. w/ Side and curtain shield airbag: Disconnect the connector from the front seat airbag RH. w/ Side and curtain shield airbag: Disconnect the connector from the curtain shield airbag LH. w/ Side and curtain shield airbag: Disconnect the connector from the curtain shield airbag RH. Disconnect the connector from the front seat outer belt LH. Disconnect the connector from the front seat outer belt RH. Using a service wire, connect F6-1 and F6-3 of connector "C". NOTICE: Do not forcibly insert a service wire into the terminals of the connector when connecting. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition (DBE+) (DBE-) Below 1 Ω REPIR OR REPLCE FLOOR WIRE
93 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 93 4 CHECK FLOOR WIRE (SHORT) D Front Seat Inner Belt ssembly LH C B 11 Floor Wire Center irbag Sensor ssembly Disconnect the service wire from connector "C". Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition (DBE+) (DBE-) 1 MΩ or higher REPIR OR REPLCE FLOOR WIRE DBE+ H043459E05 5 CHECK FLOOR WIRE (TO B+) D Front Seat Inner Belt ssembly LH C B 11 Floor Wire Center irbag Sensor ssembly Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Tester Connection Specified Condition (DBE+) - Body ground Below 1 V (DBE-) - Body ground Below 1 V REPIR OR REPLCE FLOOR WIRE DBE- DBE- DBE+ H043459E05
94 94 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 6 CHECK FLOOR WIRE (TO GROUND) D Front Seat Inner Belt ssembly LH C B 11 Floor Wire Center irbag Sensor ssembly Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition (DBE+) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher (DBE-) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher REPIR OR REPLCE FLOOR WIRE DBE- DBE+ H043459E05 7 CHECK FRONT SET INNER BELT SSEMBLY LH Front Seat Inner Belt ssembly LH Center irbag Sensor ssembly (e) (f) (g) (h) Connect the connectors to the center airbag sensor. Connect the connector to the front seat inner belt LH. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (see page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check the DTCs (see page -18). : DTC B1655/37 is not output. Codes other than code B1655/37 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 8 H100463E01 PERFORM SYMPTOM SIMULTION
95 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 95 8 REPLCE FRONT SET INNER BELT SSEMBLY LH Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Replace the front seat inner belt LH and connect the connector (see page SB-5). Perform the inspection using parts from a normal vehicle if possible. NEXT 9 CHECK CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY Front Seat Inner Belt ssembly LH (e) (f) Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (see page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check the DTCs (see page -18). : DTC B1655/37 is not output. Codes other than code B1655/37 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Center irbag Sensor ssembly REPLCE CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY H100463E01 END
96 96 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM DTC B1660/43 Passenger irbag ON / OFF Indicator Circuit Malfunction DESCRIPTION The passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator circuit consists of the center airbag sensor assembly and the heater control base. The passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator indicates the operation condition of the front passenger airbag assembly and the front seat side airbag assembly RH. DTC B1660/43 is recorded when a malfunction is detected in the passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator circuit. DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Trouble rea B1660/43 The center airbag sensor assembly receives a line short circuit signal, an open circuit signal, a short circuit to ground signal or a short circuit to B+ signal in the passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator circuit for 2 seconds. Heater control base malfunction Center airbag sensor assembly malfunction Instrument panel wire Heater control base (Passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator) Center airbag sensor assembly WIRI DIGRM 7 Heater Control Base Center irbag Sensor ssembly PON 35 V PON P-B 36 LG P-B IG 20 LG W-B E1 From Battery BR E2 C C123657E02
97 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 97 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 CHECK PSSEER IRBG ON/OFF INDICTOR CONDITION Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Check the passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator operation. Refer to the normal condition of the passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator (See page -11). Ignition Switch ON OFF 4 sec. 2 sec. Passenger irbag ON/OFF Indicator ( ON ) ON OFF 4 sec. 2 sec. Passenger irbag ON/OFF Indicator ( OFF ) ON OFF ON/OFF condition depends on the front passenger detection results. C123768E01 Result ON/OFF Indicator Illumination lways ON OFF Proceed to B B Go to step 10 2 CHECK CONNECTION OF CONNECTO Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Check that the connectors are properly connected to the center airbag sensor assembly and the heater control base. : The connectors are properly connected.
98 98 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM CONNECT CONNECTO PROPERLY, THEN GO TO STEP 1 3 CHECK CONNECTO Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor assembly and the heater control base. Check that the connectors (on the center airbag sensor assembly side and heater control base side) are not damaged. : The connectors are not deformed or damaged. REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE 4 CHECK PSSEER IRBG ON/OFF INDICTOR C Connect the connector to the heater control base. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Check the passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator operation. : The passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator does not come on. Go to step 6
99 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 99 5 CHECK CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY Heater Control Base CG DLC3 DTC 43 TC Center irbag Sensor ssembly C142445E02 (e) (f) (g) Connect the connector to the center airbag sensor assembly. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in the memory (See page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check for DTCs (See page -18). : DTC B1660/43 is not output. Codes other than DTC B1660/43 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. REPLCE CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY USE SIMULTION METHOD TO CHECK 6 CHECK INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE (OPEN) D C Heater Control Base /BOFF Connector C 7 /BON Service Wire Instrument Panel Wire B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Connector B P-B 12 PON C145361E01 (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) (k) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Disconnect the connector from the heater control base. Disconnect the connectors from the steering pad. Disconnect the connectors from the front passenger airbag assembly. Disconnect the connector from the driver side knee airbag assembly. with Side and Curtain Shield irbag: Disconnect the connector from the front seat side airbag assembly LH. with Side and Curtain Shield irbag: Disconnect the connector from the front seat side airbag assembly RH. with Side and Curtain Shield irbag: Disconnect the connector from the curtain shield airbag assembly LH. with Side and Curtain Shield irbag: Disconnect the connector from the curtain shield airbag assembly RH. Disconnect the connector from the front seat outer belt assembly LH.
100 100 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM (l) Disconnect the connector from the front seat outer belt assembly RH. (m) Using a service wire, connect 7-35 (/BON) and 7-36 (/BOFF) of connector "B". NOTICE: Do not forcibly insert a service wire into the terminals of the connector when connecting. (n) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition (PON) (P-B) lways Below 1 Ω REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE 7 CHECK INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE (SHORT) D C Heater Control Base Instrument Panel Wire B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Disconnect the service wire from connector "B". Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition (PON) (P-B) lways 1 MΩ or higher REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE Connector B 12 P-B PON C145362E02
101 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM CHECK INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE (SHORT TO GROUND) D C Heater Control Base Instrument Panel Wire B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition (PON) - Body ground lways 1 MΩ or higher (P-B) - Body ground lways 1 MΩ or higher REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE Connector B 12 P-B PON C145362E02 9 CHECK INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE (SHORT TO B+) D C Heater Control Base Instrument Panel Wire B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition (PON) - Body ground Ignition switch ON Below 1 V (P-B) - Body ground Ignition switch ON Below 1 V Connector B 12 REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE P-B PON C145362E02
102 102 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM REPLCE HETER CONTROL BSE 10 CHECK CONNECTION OF CONNECTO Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Check that the connectors are properly connected to the center airbag sensor assembly and the heater control base. : The connectors are properly connected. CONNECT CONNECTO PROPERLY 11 CHECK CONNECTO Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor assembly and the heater control base. Check that the connectors (on the center airbag sensor assembly side and heater control base side) are not damaged. : The connectors are not deformed or damaged. REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE
103 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM CHECK INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE (OPEN) D C Heater Control Base /BOFF Connector C 7 /BON Service Wire Instrument Panel Wire B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Connector B P-B 12 PON C145361E01 (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) Disconnect the connectors from the steering pad. Disconnect the connectors from the front passenger airbag assembly. Disconnect the connector from the driver side knee airbag assembly. with Side and Curtain Shield irbag: Disconnect the connector from the front seat side airbag assembly LH. with Side and Curtain Shield irbag: Disconnect the connector from the front seat side airbag assembly RH. with Side and Curtain Shield irbag: Disconnect the connector from the curtain shield airbag assembly LH. with Side and Curtain Shield irbag: Disconnect the connector from the curtain shield airbag assembly RH. Disconnect the connector from the front seat outer belt assembly LH. Disconnect the connector from the front seat outer belt assembly RH. (j) Using a service wire, connect 7-35 (/BON) and 7-36 (/BOFF) of connector "B". NOTICE: Do not forcibly insert a service wire into the terminals of the connector when connecting. (k) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition (PON) (P-B) lways Below 1 Ω REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE
104 104 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 13 CHECK INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE (SHORT) Instrument Panel Wire Disconnect the service wire from connector "B". Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance D C Heater Control Base B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition (PON) (P-B) lways 1 MΩ or higher REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE Connector B 12 P-B PON C145362E02 14 CHECK INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE (SHORT TO GROUND) Instrument Panel Wire Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance D C Heater Control Base B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition (PON) - Body ground lways 1 MΩ or higher (P-B) - Body ground lways 1 MΩ or higher REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE Connector B 12 P-B PON C145362E02
105 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM CHECK INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE (SHORT TO B+) D C Heater Control Base Instrument Panel Wire B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition (PON) - Body ground Ignition switch ON Below 1 V (P-B) - Body ground Ignition switch ON Below 1 V Connector B 12 REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE P-B PON C145362E02 16 CHECK WIRE HRNESS (HETER CONTROL BSE - BTTERY) Rear View of Wire Harness Connector: (to Heater Control Base) 7 Connect the connectors to the center airbag sensor assembly. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition 7-20 (IG) -Body ground Ignition switch ON 10 to 14 V /BOFF /BON REPIR OR REPLCE WIRE HRNESS (HETER CONTROL BSE - BTTERY) C145365E01
106 106 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 17 CHECK PSSEER IRBG ON / OFF INDICTOR Center irbag Sensor ssembly Side: 12 P-B PON C142450E03 (e) (f) (g) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Connect the connector to the heater control base. Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor assembly. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Check the indicator according to the conditions in the Result Tester Connection (PON) - Body ground (P-B) - Body ground Condition Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Passenger airbag ON/ OFF indicator "ON" comes on "OFF" comes on REPLCE HETER CONTROL BSE 18 CHECK CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY Heater Control Base CG DLC3 DTC 43 TC Center irbag Sensor ssembly C142445E02 (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Connect the connectors to the center airbag sensor assembly. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in the memory (See page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check for DTCs (See page -18). : DTC B1660/43 is not output. Codes other than DTC B1660/43 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. REPLCE CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY
107 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 107 USE SIMULTION METHOD TO CHECK
108 108 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM DTC B1800/51 Short in Driver Side Squib Circuit DTC B1801/51 Open in Driver Side Squib Circuit DTC B1802/51 Short to GND in Driver Side Squib Circuit DTC B1803/51 Short to B+ in Driver Side Squib Circuit DESCRIPTION The driver side squib circuit consists of the center airbag sensor, the spiral cable and the horn button. The circuit instructs the S to deploy when deployment conditions are met. These DTCs are recorded when a malfunction is detected in the driver side squib circuit. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition Trouble rea B1800/51 The center airbag sensor assembly receives a line short circuit signal 5 times in the driver side squib circuit during primary check. B1801/51 The center airbag sensor assembly receives an open circuit signal in the driver side squib circuit for 2 seconds. B1802/51 The center airbag sensor assembly receives a short circuit to ground signal in the driver side squib circuit for 0.5 seconds. B1803/51 The center airbag sensor assembly receives a B+ short circuit signal in the driver side squib circuit for 0.5 seconds. Horn button assembly (driver side squib) Spiral cable sub-assembly Center airbag sensor assembly Instrument panel wire Horn button assembly (driver side squib) Spiral cable sub-assembly Center airbag sensor assembly Instrument panel wire Horn button assembly (driver side squib) Spiral cable sub-assembly Center airbag sensor assembly Instrument panel wire Horn button assembly (driver side squib) Spiral cable sub-assembly Center airbag sensor assembly Instrument panel wire
109 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 109 WIRI DIGRM Center irbag Sensor ssembly Driver Side Squib 1 Y-B 5 12 D+ 2 Y 6 12 D- 16 Spiral Cable Sub-assembly H001451E13 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 CHECK FOR DTC Proceed to each step according to DTC readings. (1) If using the intelligent tester (read the 5-digit of DTC): Using the intelligent tester, check for DTCs (see page -18). Result Result DTC B1800 is output. DTC B1801 is output. DTC B1802 is output. DTC B1803 is output. Proceed to B C D (2) If not using the intelligent tester (read the 2-digit of DTC):
110 110 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM Result DTC 51 is output. Check for DTCs (see page -18). Result Proceed to E B C D E Go to step 4 Go to step 5 Go to step 6 Go to step 7 2 CHECK CONNECTOR Check that the spiral cable connectors (on the horn button side) are not damaged. : The lock button is not disengaged, or the claw of the lock is not deformed or damaged. REPLCE SPIRL CBLE SUB-SSEMBLY 3 CHECK DRIVER SIDE SQUIB CIRCUIT (SHORT) F E Driver Side Squib Spiral Cable Sub-assembly DC D- D+ B Color: Orange Center irbag Sensor ssembly H043064E07 (e) (f) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connectors from the horn button. Release the activation prevention mechanism built into connector "B" (see page -11). Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition D+ - D- 1 MΩ or higher Go to step 10 Go to step 13
111 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM CHECK DRIVER SIDE SQUIB CIRCUIT (OPEN) F E Driver Side Squib Spiral Cable Sub-assembly DC D- D+ B Center irbag Sensor ssembly (e) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connectors from the horn button. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition D+ - D- Below 1 Ω Color: Orange H043064E07 Go to step 11 Go to step 15 5 CHECK DRIVER SIDE SQUIB CIRCUIT (TO GROUND) F E Driver Side Squib Spiral Cable Sub-assembly DC D- D+ B Center irbag Sensor ssembly (e) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connectors from the horn button. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition D+ - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher D- - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher Color: Orange Go to step 11 H043064E07 Go to step 17
112 112 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 6 CHECK DRIVER SIDE SQUIB CIRCUIT (TO B+) F E Driver Side Squib Spiral Cable Sub-assembly DC D- D+ B Center irbag Sensor ssembly (e) (f) (g) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connectors from the horn button. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Color: Orange H043064E07 Tester Connection Specified Condition D+ - Body ground Below 1 V D- - Body ground Below 1 V (h) Before proceeding to the next step, perform the following procedures. (1) (2) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Go to step 11 Go to step 19 7 CHECK CONNECTOR Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Check that the spiral cable connectors (on the horn button side) are not damaged. : The lock button is not disengaged, or the claw of the lock is not deformed or damaged. REPLCE SPIRL CBLE SUB-SSEMBLY
113 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM CHECK DRIVER SIDE SQUIB CIRCUIT F E Driver Side Squib Spiral Cable Sub-assembly DC D- D+ B Center irbag Sensor ssembly (e) Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connectors from the horn button. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Tester Connection Specified Condition D+ - Body ground Below 1 V D- - Body ground Below 1 V Color: Orange H043064E07 (f) (g) (h) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition D+ - D- Below 1 Ω D+ - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher D- - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher (i) (j) Release the activation prevention mechanism built into connector "B" (see page -11). Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition D+ - D- 1 MΩ or higher Go to step 21
114 114 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 9 REPLCE HORN BUTTON SSEMBLY (DRIVER SIDE SQUIB) Driver Side Squib F E D C Spiral Cable Sub-assembly Center irbag Sensor ssembly (e) (f) (g) (h) Replace the horn button and connect the connectors. Perform the inspection using parts from a normal vehicle if possible. Connect the connectors to the center airbag sensor. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (see page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check for DTCs (see page -18). : DTC 51 is not output Codes other than code 51 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. H100465E01 REPLCE CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY END 10 CHECK CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY Driver Side Squib F E Spiral Cable Sub-assembly D C Center irbag Sensor ssembly H044386E01 (e) (f) (g) (h) Restore the released activation prevention mechanism of connector "B" to the original condition. Connect the connectors to the center airbag sensor. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (see page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check for DTCs (see page -18). : DTC B1800 is not output. Codes other than code B1800 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 12
115 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 115 REPLCE CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY 11 CHECK CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY F Driver Side Squib E D- Spiral Cable Sub-assembly D C Center irbag Sensor ssembly D+ Service Wire Color: Orange H044390E01 (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) Connect the connectors to the center airbag sensor. Using a service wire, connect D+ and D- of connector "E". NOTICE: Twist the end of the service wire in order to insert it into the connector. Do not forcibly insert the twisted service wire into the terminals of the connector when connecting. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch on the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (see page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check for DTCs (see page -18). : DTC B1801, B1802 or B1803 is not output. Codes other than code B1801, B1802 or B1803 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Before proceeding to the next step, perform the following procedures. (1) Disconnect the service wire from connector "E". REPLCE CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY 12 CHECK HORN BUTTON SSEMBLY (DRIVER SIDE SQUIB) Spiral Cable Sub-assembly F E D C Driver Side Squib Center irbag Sensor ssembly H044388E01 (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Connect the connectors to the horn button. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (see page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check for DTCs (see page -18). : DTC B1800, B1801, B1802 or B1803 is not output.
116 116 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM Codes other than code B1800, B1801, B1802 or B1803 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. REPLCE HORN BUTTON SSEMBLY PERFORM SYMPTOM SIMULTION 13 CHECK INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE (SHORT) Spiral Cable Sub-assembly F E Center irbag Sensor ssembly D C B Disconnect the instrument panel wire connector from the spiral cable. The activation prevention mechanism of connector "B" has already been released. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition 16-1 (D+) (D-) 1 MΩ or higher Driver Side Squib 16 Instrument Panel Wire REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE D+ D- H100466E01
117 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM CHECK SPIRL CBLE SUB-SSEMBLY (SHORT) F E Driver Side Squib Spiral Cable Sub-assembly DC B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Release the activation prevention mechanism built into connector "D" (see page -11). Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition D+ - D- 1 MΩ or higher REPLCE SPIRL CBLE SUB-SSEMBLY D- D+ Color: Orange H043065E04 PERFORM SYMPTOM SIMULTION 15 CHECK INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE (OPEN) Spiral Cable Sub-assembly F E Center irbag Sensor ssembly D C B Disconnect the instrument panel wire connector from the spiral cable. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition 16-1 (D+) (D-) Below 1 Ω REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE Driver Side Squib 16 Instrument Panel Wire D+ D- H100466E01
118 118 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 16 CHECK SPIRL CBLE SUB-SSEMBLY (OPEN) F E Driver Side Squib Spiral Cable Sub-assembly DC B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition D+ - D- Below 1 Ω REPLCE SPIRL CBLE SUB-SSEMBLY D- D+ Color: Orange H043065E04 PERFORM SYMPTOM SIMULTION 17 CHECK INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE (TO GROUND) Spiral Cable Sub-assembly F E Driver Side Squib Center irbag Sensor ssembly D 16 C B Instrument Panel Wire Disconnect the instrument panel wire connector from the spiral cable. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition 16-1 (D+) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher 16-2 (D-) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE D+ D- H100466E01
119 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM CHECK SPIRL CBLE SUB-SSEMBLY (TO GROUND) F E Spiral Cable Sub-assembly DC B Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition D+ - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher D- - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher Driver Side Squib Center irbag Sensor ssembly REPLCE SPIRL CBLE SUB-SSEMBLY D- D+ Color: Orange H043065E04 PERFORM SYMPTOM SIMULTION 19 CHECK INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE (TO B+) Spiral Cable Sub-assembly F E Center irbag Sensor ssembly D C B (e) (f) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Disconnect the instrument panel wire connector from the spiral cable. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Driver Side Squib 16 Instrument Panel Wire Tester Connection Specified Condition 16-1 (D+) - Body ground Below 1 V 16-2 (D-) - Body ground Below 1 V D+ REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE D- H100466E01
120 120 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 20 CHECK SPIRL CBLE SUB-SSEMBLY (TO B+) F E Spiral Cable Sub-assembly DC B Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Tester Connection Specified Condition D+ - Body ground Below 1 V D- - Body ground Below 1 V Driver Side Squib Center irbag Sensor ssembly REPLCE SPIRL CBLE SUB-SSEMBLY D- D+ Color: Orange H043065E04 PERFORM SYMPTOM SIMULTION 21 CHECK INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE Spiral Cable Sub-assembly F E Center irbag Sensor ssembly D C B (e) Restore the released activation prevention mechanism of connector "B" to the original condition. Disconnect the instrument panel wire connector from the spiral cable. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Tester Connection Specified Condition Driver Side Squib 16 Instrument Panel Wire 16-1 (D+) - Body ground Below 1 V 16-2 (D-) - Body ground Below 1 V D- D+ (f) (g) (h) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance H100466E01 Tester Connection Specified Condition 16-1 (D+) (D-) Below 1 Ω 16-1 (D+) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher 16-2 (D-) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher
121 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 121 (i) (j) Release the activation prevention mechanism built into connector "B" (see page -11). Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition 16-1 (D+) (D-) 1 MΩ or higher REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE 22 CHECK SPIRL CBLE SUB-SSEMBLY F E Driver Side Squib D- Spiral Cable Sub-assembly DC D+ B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Color: Orange H043065E04 (e) (f) Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Tester Connection Specified Condition D+ - Body ground Below 1 V D- - Body ground Below 1 V Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition D+ - D- Below 1 Ω D+ - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher D- - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher (g) (h) Release the activation prevention mechanism built into connector "D" (see page -11). Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition D+ - D- 1 MΩ or higher REPLCE SPIRL CBLE SUB-SSEMBLY PERFORM SYMPTOM SIMULTION
122 122 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM DTC B1805/52 Short in Front Passenger Side Squib Circuit DTC B1806/52 Open in Front Passenger Side Squib Circuit DTC B1807/52 DTC B1808/52 Short to GND in Front Passenger Side Squib Circuit Short to B+ in Front Passenger Side Squib Circuit DESCRIPTION The front passenger side squib circuit consists of the center airbag sensor and the front passenger airbag. The circuit instructs the S to deploy when deployment conditions are met. These DTCs are recorded when a malfunction is detected in the front passenger side squib circuit. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition Trouble rea B1805/52 The center airbag sensor assembly receives a line short circuit signal 5 times in the front passenger side squib circuit during primary check. B1806/52 The center airbag sensor assembly receives an open circuit signal in the front passenger side squib circuit for 2 seconds. B1807/52 The center airbag sensor assembly receives a short circuit to ground signal in the front passenger side squib circuit for 0.5 seconds. B1808/52 The center airbag sensor assembly receives a B+ short circuit signal in the front passenger side squib circuit for 0.5 seconds. Instrument panel wire Instrument panel wire assembly Front passenger airbag assembly (front passenger side squib) Center airbag sensor assembly Instrument panel wire Instrument panel wire assembly Front passenger airbag assembly (front passenger side squib) Center airbag sensor assembly Instrument panel wire Instrument panel wire assembly Front passenger airbag assembly (front passenger side squib) Center airbag sensor assembly Instrument panel wire Instrument panel wire assembly Front passenger airbag assembly (front passenger side squib) Center airbag sensor assembly
123 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 123 WIRI DIGRM Center irbag Sensor ssembly 14 Front Passenger Side Squib 2 Y-B 1 IG1 Y-B 4 12 P+ 1 Y 2 IG1 Y 3 12 P- H045252E01 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 CHECK FOR DTC Proceed to each step according to DTC readings. (1) If using the intelligent tester (read the 5-digit of DTC): Using the intelligent tester, check for DTCs (see page -18). Result Result DTC B1805 is output. DTC B1806 is output. DTC B1807 is output. DTC B1808 is output. Proceed to B C D (2) If not using the intelligent tester (read the 2-digit of DTC):
124 124 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM Result DTC 52 is output. Check for DTCs (see page -18). Result Proceed to E B C D E Go to step 4 Go to step 5 Go to step 6 Go to step 7 2 CHECK CONNECTOR Check that the instrument panel wire connectors (on the front passenger airbag side) are not damaged. : The lock button is not disengaged, or the claw of the lock is not deformed or damaged. REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE SSEMBLY 3 CHECK FRONT PSSEER SIDE SQUIB CIRCUIT (SHORT) Front Passenger Side Squib 14 P- F E D C P+ B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Color: Orange (e) (f) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connectors from the front passenger airbag. Release the activation prevention mechanism built into connector "B" (see page -11). Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition 14-2 (P+) (P-) 1 MΩ or higher H043680E01 Go to step 10 Go to step 13
125 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM CHECK FRONT PSSEER SIDE SQUIB CIRCUIT (OPEN) Front Passenger Side Squib 14 P- F E D C P+ B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Color: Orange Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connectors from the front passenger airbag. (e) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition 14-2 (P+) (P-) Below 1 Ω H043680E01 Go to step 11 Go to step 15 5 CHECK FRONT PSSEER SIDE SQUIB CIRCUIT (TO GROUND) Front Passenger Side Squib 14 P- F E D C P+ B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Color: Orange (e) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connectors from the front passenger airbag. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition 14-2 (P+) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher 14-1 (P-) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher H043680E01 Go to step 11 Go to step 17
126 126 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 6 CHECK FRONT PSSEER SIDE SQUIB CIRCUIT (TO B+) Front Passenger Side Squib 14 P- F E D C P+ B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Color: Orange (e) (f) (g) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connectors from the front passenger airbag. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage H043680E01 Tester Connection Specified Condition 14-2 (P+) - Body ground Below 1 V 14-1 (P-) - Body ground Below 1 V (h) Before proceeding to the next step, perform the following procedures. (1) (2) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Go to step 11 Go to step 19 7 CHECK CONNECTOR Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Check that the instrument panel wire connectors (on the front passenger airbag side) are not damaged. : The lock button is not disengaged, or the claw of the lock is not deformed or damaged. REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE SSEMBLY
127 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM CHECK FRONT PSSEER SIDE SQUIB CIRCUIT Front Passenger Side Squib 14 P- F E D C P+ B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Color: Orange (e) Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connectors from the front passenger airbag. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Tester Connection Specified Condition 14-2 (P+) - Body ground Below 1 V 14-1 (P-) - Body ground Below 1 V H043680E01 (f) (g) (h) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition 14-2 (P+) (P-) Below 1 Ω 14-2 (P+) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher 14-1 (P-) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher (i) (j) Release the activation prevention mechanism built into connector "B" (see page -11). Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition 14-2 (P+) (P-) 1 MΩ or higher Go to step 21
128 128 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 9 REPLCE FRONT PSSEER IRBG SSEMBLY (FRONT PSSEER SIDE SQUIB) FE DC Front Passenger Side Squib Center irbag Sensor ssembly H043676E02 (e) (f) (g) (h) Replace the front passenger airbag and connect the connectors. Perform the inspection using parts from a normal vehicle if possible. Connect the connectors to the center airbag sensor. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (see page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check for DTCs (see page -18). : DTC 52 is not output. Codes other than code 52 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. REPIR OR REPLCE CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY END 10 CHECK CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY Center irbag Sensor ssembly F E D Front Passenger Side Squib C H043654E01 (e) (f) (g) (h) Restore the released activation prevention mechanism of connector "B" to the original condition. Connect the connectors to the center airbag sensor. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (see page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check for DTCs (see page -18). : DTC B1805 is not output. Codes other than code B1805 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 12
129 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 129 REPLCE CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY 11 CHECK CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY Front Passenger Side Squib F P- 14 E D C P+ Center irbag Sensor ssembly Service Wire Color: Orange H044428E01 (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) Connect the connectors to the center airbag sensor. Using a service wire, connect 14-2 (P+) and 14-1 (P-) of connector "E". NOTICE: Twist the end of the service wire in order to insert it into the connector. Do not forcibly insert the twisted service wire into the terminals of the connector when connecting. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch on the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (see page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check for DTCs (see page -18). : DTC B1806, B1807 or B1808 is not output. Codes other than code B1806, B1807 or B1808 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Before proceeding to the next step, perform the following procedures. (1) Disconnect the service wire from connector "E". REPLCE CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY 12 CHECK FRONT PSSEER IRBG SSEMBLY (FRONT PSSEER SIDE SQUIB) Center irbag Sensor ssembly F E Front Passenger Side Squib D C H043656E01 (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Connect the connector to the front passenger airbag. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (see page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check for DTCs (see page -18). : DTC B1805, B1806, B1807 or B1808 is not output.
130 130 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM Codes other than code B1805, B1806, B1807 or B1808 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. REPLCE FRONT PSSEER IRBG SSEMBLY PERFORM SYMPTOM SIMULTION 13 CHECK INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE (SHORT) Instrument Panel Wire ssembly F E D C B Front Passenger IG1 Side Squib Instrument Panel Wire Center irbag Sensor ssembly Disconnect the instrument panel wire connector from the instrument panel wire assembly. The activation prevention mechanism of connector "B" has already been released. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection IG1-1 (P+) - IG1-2 (P-) Specified Condition 1 MΩ or higher P- P+ H043677E05 REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE 14 CHECK INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE SSEMBLY (SHORT) Instrument Panel Wire ssembly F E Front Passenger Side Squib D C 14 Instrument Panel Wire B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Release the activation prevention mechanism built into connector "D" (see page -11). Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition 14-2 (P+) (P-) 1 MΩ or higher REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE SSEMBLY P- P+ Color: Orange H045374E01
131 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 131 PERFORM SYMPTOM SIMULTION 15 CHECK INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE (OPEN) Instrument Panel Wire ssembly F E D C B Front Passenger IG1 Side Squib Instrument Panel Wire Center irbag Sensor ssembly Disconnect the instrument panel wire connector from the instrument panel wire assembly. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection IG1-1 (P+) - IG1-2 (P-) Specified Condition Below 1 Ω REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE P- P+ H043677E05 16 CHECK INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE SSEMBLY (OPEN) Instrument Panel Wire ssembly Instrument Panel Wire Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance F E Front Passenger Side Squib D C 14 B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Tester Connection Specified Condition 14-2 (P+) (P-) Below 1 Ω REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE SSEMBLY P- P+ Color: Orange H045374E01 PERFORM SYMPTOM SIMULTION
132 132 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 17 CHECK INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE (TO GROUND) Instrument Panel Wire ssembly F E D C B Front Passenger IG1 Side Squib Instrument Panel Wire Center irbag Sensor ssembly Disconnect the instrument panel wire connector from the instrument panel wire assembly. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection IG1-1 (P+) - Body ground IG1-2 (P-) - Body ground Specified Condition 1 MΩ or higher 1 MΩ or higher REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE P- P+ H043677E05 18 CHECK INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE SSEMBLY (TO GROUND) Instrument Panel Wire ssembly Instrument Panel Wire Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance F E D C B Tester Connection Specified Condition 14-2 (P+) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher 14-1 (P-) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher Front Passenger Side Squib 14 Center irbag Sensor ssembly REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE SSEMBLY P- P+ Color: Orange H045374E01 PERFORM SYMPTOM SIMULTION
133 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM CHECK INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE (TO B+) Instrument Panel Wire ssembly F E D C B Front Passenger IG1 Side Squib Instrument Panel Wire Center irbag Sensor ssembly (e) (f) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Disconnect the instrument panel wire connector from the instrument panel wire assembly. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Tester Connection Specified Condition P- P+ H043677E05 IG1-1 (P+) - Body ground IG1-2 (P-) - Body ground Below 1 V Below 1 V REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE 20 CHECK INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE SSEMBLY (TO B+) Instrument Panel Wire ssembly F E Front Passenger Side Squib D C 14 Instrument Panel Wire B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below when the ignition switch is in the ON position. Standard voltage Tester Connection Specified Condition 14-2 (P+) - Body ground Below 1 V 14-1 (P-) - Body ground Below 1 V REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE SSEMBLY P- P+ Color: Orange H045374E01 PERFORM SYMPTOM SIMULTION
134 134 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 21 CHECK INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE Instrument Panel Wire ssembly F E D C B Front Passenger IG1 Side Squib Instrument Panel Wire Center irbag Sensor ssembly (e) Restore the released activation prevention mechanism of connector "B" to the original condition. Disconnect the instrument panel wire connector from the instrument panel wire assembly. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Tester Connection Specified Condition IG1-1 (P+) - Body ground Below 1 V P- P+ H043677E05 IG1-2 (P-) - Body ground (f) (g) (h) Below 1 V Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection IG1-1 (P+) - IG1-2 (P-) IG1-1 (P+) - Body ground IG1-2 (P-) - Body ground Specified Condition Below 1 Ω 1 MΩ or higher 1 MΩ or higher (i) (j) Release the activation prevention mechanism built into connector "B" (see page -11). Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection IG1-1 (P+) - IG1-2 (P-) Specified Condition 1 MΩ or higher REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE
135 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM CHECK INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE SSEMBLY Instrument Panel Wire ssembly F E Front Passenger Side Squib P- D C 14 Instrument Panel Wire B Center irbag Sensor ssembly P+ Color: Orange H045374E01 (e) (f) Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Tester Connection Specified Condition 14-2 (P+) - Body ground Below 1 V 14-1 (P-) - Body ground Below 1 V Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition 14-2 (P+) (P-) Below 1 Ω 14-2 (P+) - Body ground 1 MΩor higher 14-1 (P-) - Body ground 1 MΩor higher (g) (h) Release the activation prevention mechanism built into connector "D" (see page -11). Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition 14-2 (P+) (P-) 1 MΩor higher REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE SSEMBLY PERFORM SYMPTOM SIMULTION
136 136 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM DTC B1810/53 Short in Driver Side Squib 2nd Step Circuit DTC B1811/53 Open in Driver Side Squib 2nd Step Circuit DTC B1812/53 DTC B1813/53 Short to GND in Driver Side Squib 2nd Step Circuit Short to B+ in Driver Side Squib 2nd Step Circuit DESCRIPTION The driver side squib (dual stage - 2nd step) circuit consists of the center airbag sensor, the spiral cable and the horn button. The circuit instructs the S to deploy when deployment conditions are met. These DTCs are recorded when a malfunction is detected in the driver side squib (dual stage - 2nd step) circuit. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition Trouble rea B1810/53 The center airbag sensor assembly receives a line short circuit signal 5 times in the driver side squib (dual stage - 2nd step) circuit during primary check. B1811/53 The center airbag sensor assembly receives an open circuit signal in the driver side squib (dual stage - 2nd step) circuit for 2 seconds. B1812/53 The center airbag sensor assembly receives a short circuit to ground signal in the driver side squib (dual stage - 2nd step) circuit for 0.5 seconds. B1813/53 The center airbag sensor assembly receives a B+ short circuit signal in the driver side squib (dual stage - 2nd step) circuit for 0.5 seconds. Horn button assembly (driver side squib, dual stage - 2nd step) Spiral cable sub-assembly Center airbag sensor assembly Instrument panel wire Horn button assembly (driver side squib, dual stage - 2nd step) Spiral cable sub-assembly Center airbag sensor assembly Instrument panel wire Horn button assembly (driver side squib, dual stage - 2nd step) Spiral cable sub-assembly Center airbag sensor assembly Instrument panel wire Horn button assembly (driver side squib, dual stage - 2nd step) Spiral cable sub-assembly Center airbag sensor assembly Instrument panel wire
137 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 137 WIRI DIGRM Center irbag Sensor ssembly Driver Side Squib 4 Y-R 8 12 D2+ 3 Y-G 7 12 D2-16 Spiral Cable Sub-assembly H001451E14 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 CHECK FOR DTC Proceed to each step according to DTC readings. (1) If using the intelligent tester (read the 5-digit of DTC): Using the intelligent tester, check for DTCs (see page -18). Result Result DTC B1810 is output. DTC B1811 is output. DTC B1812 is output. DTC B1813 is output. Proceed to B C D (2) If not using the intelligent tester (read the 2-digit of DTC):
138 138 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM Result DTC 53 is output. Check for DTCs (see page -18). Result Proceed to E B C D E Go to step 4 Go to step 5 Go to step 6 Go to step 7 2 CHECK CONNECTOR Check that the instrument panel wire connectors (on the front passenger airbag side) are not damaged. : The lock button is not disengaged, or the claw of the lock is not deformed or damaged. REPLCE SPIRL CBLE SUB-SSEMBLY 3 CHECK DRIVER SIDE SQUIB (DUL STGE - 2ND STEP) CIRCUIT (SHORT) Driver Side Squib (Dual stage - 2nd step) F E D2- Spiral Cable Sub-assembly DC D2+ B Center irbag Sensor ssembly (e) (f) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connectors from the horn button. Release the activation prevention mechanism built into connector "B" (see page -11). Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition D2+ - D2-1 MΩ or higher Go to step 10 Go to step 13 Color: Black H100467E01
139 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM CHECK DRIVER SIDE SQUIB (DUL STGE - 2ND STEP) CIRCUIT (OPEN) Driver Side Squib (Dual stage - 2nd step) Spiral Cable Sub-assembly (e) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connectors from the horn button. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance F E DC B Tester Connection Specified Condition D2+ - D2- Below 1 Ω D2- D2+ Center irbag Sensor ssembly Go to step 11 Go to step 15 Color: Black H100467E01 5 CHECK DRIVER SIDE SQUIB (DUL STGE - 2ND STEP) CIRCUIT (TO GROUND) Driver Side Squib (Dual stage - 2nd step) Spiral Cable Sub-assembly (e) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connectors from the horn button. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance F E D2- DC D2+ B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Tester Connection Specified Condition D2+ - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher D2- - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher Go to step 11 Go to step 17 Color: Black H100467E01
140 140 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 6 CHECK DRIVER SIDE SQUIB (DUL STGE - 2ND STEP) CIRCUIT (TO BE+) Driver Side Squib (Dual stage - 2nd step) F E D2- Spiral Cable Sub-assembly DC D2+ B Center irbag Sensor ssembly (e) (f) (g) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connectors from the horn button. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Tester Connection Specified Condition D2+ - Body ground Below 1 V D2- - Body ground Below 1 V Color: Black H100467E01 (h) Before proceeding to the next step, perform the following procedures. (1) (2) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Go to step 11 Go to step 19 7 CHECK CONNECTOR Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Check that the spiral cable connectors (on the horn button side) are not damaged. : The lock button is not disengaged, or the claw of the lock is not deformed or damaged. REPLCE SPIRL CBLE SUB-SSEMBLY
141 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM CHECK DRIVER SIDE SQUIB (DUL STGE - 2ND STEP) CIRCUIT Driver Side Squib (Dual stage - 2nd step) Spiral Cable Sub-assembly (e) Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connectors from the horn button. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage F E D2- DC D2+ B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Color: Black H100467E01 Tester Connection Specified Condition D2+ - Body ground Below 1 V D2- - Body ground Below 1 V (f) (g) (h) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition D2+ - D2- Below 1 Ω D2+ - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher D2- - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher (i) (j) Release the activation prevention mechanism built into connector "B" (see page -11). Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition D2+ - D2-1 MΩ or higher Go to step 21
142 142 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 9 REPLCE HORN BUTTON SSEMBLY (DRIVER SIDE SQUIB, DUL STGE - 2ND STEP) Driver Side Squib (Dual stage - 2nd step) F E D C Spiral Cable Sub-assembly Center irbag Sensor ssembly (e) (f) (g) (h) Replace the horn button and connect the connectors (see page -11). Perform the inspection using parts from a normal vehicle if possible. Connect the connectors to the center airbag sensor. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (see page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check for DTCs (see page -18). : DTC 53 is not output. Codes other than code 53 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. H100468E01 REPLCE CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY END 10 CHECK CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY F Driver Side Squib (Dual stage - 2nd step) E Spiral Cable Sub-assembly DC Center irbag Sensor ssembly H100469E01 (e) (f) (g) (h) Restore the released activation prevention mechanism of connector "B" to the original condition. Connect the connectors to the center airbag sensor. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (see page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check for DTCs (see page -18). : DTC B1810 is not output. Codes other than code B1810 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 12
143 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 143 REPLCE CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY 11 CHECK CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY F Driver Side Squib (Dual stage - 2nd step) E D2- Service Wire Color: Black Spiral Cable Sub-assembly D2+ D C Center irbag Sensor ssembly H100470E01 (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) Connect the connectors to the center airbag sensor. Using a service wire, connect D2+ and D2- of connector "E". NOTICE: Twist the end of the service wire in order to insert it into the connector. Do not forcibly insert the twisted service wire into the terminals of the connector when connecting. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch on the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (see page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check for DTCs (see page -18). : DTC B1811, B1812 or B1813 is not output. Codes other than code B1811, B1812 or B1813 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Before proceeding to the next step, perform the following procedures. (1) Disconnect the service wire from connector "E". REPLCE CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY
144 144 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 12 CHECK HORN BUTTON SSEMBLY (DRIVER SIDE SQUIB, DUL STGE - 2ND STEP) F E Driver Side Squib (Dual stage - 2nd step) Spiral Cable Sub-assembly D C Center irbag Sensor ssembly H100471E01 (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Connect the connectors to the horn button. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (see page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check for DTCs (see page -18). : DTC B1810, B1811, B1812 or B1813 is not output. Codes other than code B1810, B1811, B1812 or B1813 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. REPLCE HORN BUTTON SSEMBLY PERFORM SYMPTOM SIMULTION 13 CHECK INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE (SHORT) F Driver Side Squib (Dual stage - 2nd step) E Center irbag Sensor ssembly D C B Disconnect the instrument panel wire connector from the spiral cable. The activation prevention mechanism of connector "B" has already been released. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition 16-4 (D2+) (D2-) 1 MΩ or higher Spiral Cable Sub-assembly 16 Instrument Panel Wire REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE D2+ D2- H100472E01
145 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM CHECK SPIRL CBLE SUB-SSEMBLY (SHORT) Driver Side Squib (Dual stage - 2nd step) Spiral Cable Sub-assembly Release the activation prevention mechanism built into connector "D" (see page -11). Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition D2+ - D2-1 MΩ or higher REPLCE SPIRL CBLE SUB-SSEMBLY F E D C B D2- D2+ Center irbag Sensor ssembly Color: Black H100473E01 PERFORM SYMPTOM SIMULTION
146 146 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 15 CHECK INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE (OPEN) F Driver Side Squib (Dual stage - 2nd step) E Spiral Cable Sub-assembly Center irbag Sensor ssembly D 16 C B Instrument Panel Wire Disconnect the instrument panel wire connector from the spiral cable. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition 16-4 (D2+) (D2-) Below 1 Ω REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE D2+ H100472E01 16 CHECK SPIRL CBLE SUB-SSEMBLY (OPEN) Driver Side Squib (Dual stage - 2nd step) Spiral Cable Sub-assembly Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition D2+ - D2- Below 1 Ω REPLCE SPIRL CBLE SUB-SSEMBLY F E D C B D2- D2- D2+ Center irbag Sensor ssembly Color: Black H100473E01
147 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 147 PERFORM SYMPTOM SIMULTION 17 CHECK INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE (TO GROUND) F Driver Side Squib (Dual stage - 2nd step) E Spiral Cable Sub-assembly Center irbag Sensor ssembly D 16 C B Instrument Panel Wire Disconnect the instrument panel wire connector from the spiral cable. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition 16-4 (D2+) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher 16-3 (D2-) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE D2+ D2- H100472E01
148 148 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 18 CHECK SPIRL CBLE SUB-SSEMBLY (TO GROUND) Driver Side Squib (Dual stage - 2nd step) Spiral Cable Sub-assembly Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition D2+ - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher D2- - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher REPLCE SPIRL CBLE SUB-SSEMBLY F E D C B D2- D2+ Center irbag Sensor ssembly Color: Black H100473E01 PERFORM SYMPTOM SIMULTION
149 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM CHECK INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE (TO B+) F Driver Side Squib (Dual stage - 2nd step) E Spiral Cable Sub-assembly Center irbag Sensor ssembly D 16 C B Instrument Panel Wire (e) (f) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Disconnect the instrument panel wire connector from the spiral cable. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Tester Connection Specified Condition 16-4 (D2+) - Body ground Below 1 V 16-3 (D2-) - Body ground Below 1 V D2+ REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE H100472E01 20 CHECK SPIRL CBLE SUB-SSEMBLY (TO B+) Driver Side Squib (Dual stage - 2nd step) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below when the ignition switch is in the ON position. Standard voltage Spiral Cable Sub-assembly Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition D2+ - Body ground Ignition switch ON Below 1 V D2- - Body ground Ignition switch ON Below 1 V REPLCE SPIRL CBLE SUB-SSEMBLY F E D C B D2- D2- D2+ Center irbag Sensor ssembly Color: Black H100473E01
150 150 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM PERFORM SYMPTOM SIMULTION 21 CHECK INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE F Driver Side Squib (Dual stage - 2nd step) E Center irbag Sensor ssembly D C B (e) Restore the released activation prevention mechanism of connector "B" to the original condition. Disconnect the instrument panel wire connector from the spiral cable. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Spiral Cable Sub-assembly D2+ 16 D2- Instrument Panel Wire Tester Connection Specified Condition 16-4 (D2+) - Body ground Below 1 V 16-3 (D2-) - Body ground Below 1 V (f) (g) (h) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance H100472E01 Tester Connection Specified Condition 16-4 (D2+) (D2-) Below 1 Ω 16-4 (D2+) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher 16-3 (D2-) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher (i) (j) Release the activation prevention mechanism built into connector "B" (see page -11). Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition 16-4 (D2+) (D2-) 1 MΩ or higher REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE
151 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM CHECK SPIRL CBLE SUB-SSEMBLY Driver Side Squib (Dual stage - 2nd step) Spiral Cable Sub-assembly Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Tester Connection Specified Condition D2+ - Body ground Below 1 V D2- - Body ground Below 1 V F E D2- D C D2+ B Center irbag Sensor ssembly (e) (f) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Color: Black H100473E01 Tester Connection Specified Condition D2+ - D2- Below 1 Ω D2+ - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher D2- - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher (g) (h) Release the activation prevention mechanism built into connector "D" (see page -11). Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition D2+ - D2-1 MΩ or higher REPLCE SPIRL CBLE SUB-SSEMBLY PERFORM SYMPTOM SIMULTION
152 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 189 DTC B1830/57 DTC B1831/57 DTC B1832/57 DTC B1833/57 Short in Driver Side Curtain Shield Squib Circuit Open in Driver Side Curtain Shield Squib Circuit Short to GND in Driver Side Curtain Shield Squib Circuit Short to B+ in Driver Side Curtain Shield Squib Circuit DESCRIPTION The curtain shield airbag (driver side) squib circuit consists of the center airbag sensor and the curtain shield airbag LH. This circuit instructs the S to deploy when deployment conditions are met. These DTCs are recorded when a malfunction is detected in the curtain shield airbag (driver side) squib circuit. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition Trouble rea B1830/57 The center airbag sensor assembly receives a line short circuit signal 5 times in the curtain shield airbag (driver side) squib circuit during primary check. B1831/57 The center airbag sensor assembly receives an open circuit signal in the curtain shield airbag (driver side) squib circuit for 2 seconds. B1832/57 The center airbag sensor assembly receives a short circuit to ground signal in the curtain shield airbag (driver side) squib circuit for 0.5 seconds. B1833/57 The center airbag sensor assembly receives a B+ short circuit signal in the curtain shield airbag (driver side) squib circuit for 0.5 seconds. Curtain shield airbag assembly LH (curtain shield airbag (driver side) squib) Center airbag sensor assembly Floor wire Curtain shield airbag assembly LH (curtain shield airbag (driver side) squib) Center airbag sensor assembly Floor wire Curtain shield airbag assembly LH (curtain shield airbag (driver side) squib) Center airbag sensor assembly Floor wire Curtain shield airbag assembly LH (curtain shield airbag (driver side) squib) Center airbag sensor assembly Floor wire
153 190 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM WIRI DIGRM Center irbag Sensor ssembly C11 Curtain Shield irbag (Driver Side) Squib 2 Y 4 11 ICD+ 1 Y-B 3 11 ICD- H001454E39 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 CHECK FOR DTC Proceed to each step according to DTC readings. (1) If using the intelligent tester (read the 5-digit of DTC): Using the intelligent tester, check for DTCs (see page -18). Result Result DTC B1830 is output. DTC B1831 is output. DTC B1832 is output. DTC B1833 is output. Proceed to B C D (2) If not using the intelligent tester (read the 2-digit of DTC):
154 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 191 Result DTC 57 is output. Check for DTCs (see page -18). Result Proceed to E B C D E Go to step 4 Go to step 5 Go to step 6 Go to step 7 2 CHECK CONNECTOR Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Check that the floor wire connector (on the curtain shield airbag LH side) is not damaged. : The lock button is not disengaged, or the claw of the lock is not deformed or damaged. REPIR OR REPLCE FLOOR WIRE 3 CHECK FLOOR WIRE (SHORT) C11 D Curtain Shield irbag (Driver Side) Squib C B Floor Wire Center irbag Sensor ssembly Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connector from the curtain shield airbag LH (driver side squib). Release the activation prevention mechanism built into connector "B" (see page -11). Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition C11-2 (ICD+) - C11-1 (ICD-) 1 MΩ or higher Go to step 10 ICD- ICD+ H100483E01
155 192 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM REPIR OR REPLCE FLOOR WIRE 4 CHECK FLOOR WIRE (OPEN) C11 D Curtain Shield irbag (Driver Side) Squib C B Floor Wire Center irbag Sensor ssembly (e) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connector from the curtain shield airbag LH (driver side squib). Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition C11-2 (ICD+) - C11-1 (ICD-) Below 1 Ω Go to step 11 ICD- ICD+ H100483E01 REPIR OR REPLCE FLOOR WIRE
156 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM CHECK FLOOR WIRE (TO GROUND) C11 D Curtain Shield irbag (Driver Side) Squib C B Floor Wire Center irbag Sensor ssembly (e) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connector from the curtain shield airbag LH (driver side squib). Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition C11-2 (ICD+) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher C11-1 (ICD-) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher Go to step 11 ICD- ICD+ H100483E01 REPIR OR REPLCE FLOOR WIRE
157 194 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 6 CHECK FLOOR WIRE (TO B+) C11 ICD- D Curtain Shield irbag (Driver Side) Squib C B ICD+ Floor Wire Center irbag Sensor ssembly H100483E01 (e) (f) (g) (h) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connector from the curtain shield airbag LH (driver side squib). Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Tester Connection Specified Condition C11-2 (ICD+) - Body ground Below 1 V C11-1 (ICD-) - Body ground Below 1 V Before proceeding to the next step, perform the following procedures. (1) (2) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Go to step 11 REPIR OR REPLCE FLOOR WIRE 7 CHECK CONNECTOR Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Check that the floor wire connector (on the curtain shield airbag LH side) is not damaged. : The lock button is not disengaged, or the claw of the lock is not deformed or damaged. REPIR OR REPLCE FLOOR WIRE
158 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM CHECK FLOOR WIRE (CURTIN SHIELD IRBG (DRIVER SIDE) SQUIB CIRCUIT) C11 ICD- D Curtain Shield irbag (Driver Side) Squib C B ICD+ Floor Wire Center irbag Sensor ssembly H100483E01 (e) (f) (g) (h) Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connector from the curtain shield airbag LH (driver side squib). Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Tester Connection Specified Condition C11-2 (ICD+) - Body ground Below 1 V C11-1 (ICD-) - Body ground Below 1 V Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition C11-2 (ICD+) - C11-1 (ICD-) Below 1 Ω C11-2 (ICD+) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher C11-1 (ICD-) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher (i) (j) Release the activation prevention mechanism built into connector "B" (see page -11). Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition C11-2 (ICD+) - C11-1 (ICD-) 1 MΩ or higher REPIR OR REPLCE FLOOR WIRE
159 196 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 9 REPLCE CURTIN SHIELD IRBG SSEMBLY LH (CURTIN SHIELD IRBG (DRIVER SIDE) SQUIB) Center irbag Sensor ssembly D C Curtain Shield irbag (Driver Side) Squib (e) (f) (g) (h) Replace the curtain shield airbag LH and connect the connector. Perform the inspection using parts from a normal vehicle if possible. Connect the connectors to the center airbag sensor. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (see page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check for DTCs (see page -18). : DTC 57 is not output. Codes other than code 57 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. H100484E01 REPLCE CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY END 10 CHECK CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY Center irbag Sensor ssembly D Curtain Shield irbag (Driver Side) Squib C H044394E02 (e) (f) (g) (h) Restore the released activation prevention mechanism of connector "B" to the original condition. Connect the connectors to the center airbag sensor. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (see page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check for DTCs (see page -18). : DTC B1830 is not output. Codes other than code B1830 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check.
160 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 197 Go to step 12 REPLCE CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY 11 CHECK CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY Curtain Shield irbag (Driver Side) Squib ICD- Floor Wire C11 ICD+ Center irbag Sensor ssembly Service Wire Connect the connectors to the center airbag sensor. Using a service wire, connect C11-2 (ICD+) and C11-1 (ICD-) of connector "C". Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. (e) Clear the DTCs stored in memory (see page -18). (f) (g) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. (h) Check for DTCs (see page -18). : DTC B1831, B1832 or B1833 is not output. Codes other than code B1831, B1832 or B1833 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. (i) Before proceeding to the next step, perform the following procedures. (1) Disconnect the service wire from connector "C". H100485E01 REPLCE CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY 12 CHECK CURTIN SHIELD IRBG SSEMBLY LH (CURTIN SHIELD IRBG (DRIVER SIDE) SQUIB) Center irbag Sensor ssembly D C Curtain Shield irbag (Driver Side) Squib H044395E02 (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Connect the connector to the curtain shield airbag LH. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (see page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check for DTCs (see page -18). : DTC B1830, B1831, B1832 or B1833 is not output.
161 198 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM Codes other than code B1830, B1831, B1832 or B1833 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. REPLCE CURTIN SHIELD IRBG SSEMBLY LH PERFORM SYMPTOM SIMULTION
162 208 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM DTC B1860/64 Short in Driver Side Knee irbag Squib Circuit DTC B1861/64 Open in Driver Side Knee irbag Squib Circuit DTC B1862/64 DTC B1863/64 Short to GND in Driver Side Knee irbag Squib Circuit Short to B+ in Driver Side Knee irbag Squib Circuit DESCRIPTION The knee airbag squib circuit consists of the center airbag sensor and the No. 1 instrument panel airbag lower. The circuit instructs the S to deploy when deployment conditions are met. DTC B1860 is recorded when a short circuit is detected in the knee airbag squib circuit. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition Trouble rea B1860/64 The center airbag sensor assembly receives a line short signal 5 times in the knee airbag squib circuit during primary check. Knee airbag squib malfunction Center airbag sensor assembly malfunction B1861/64 The center airbag sensor assembly receives an open signal in the knee airbag squib circuit for 2 seconds. Knee airbag squib malfunction Center airbag sensor assembly malfunction. B1862/64 The center airbag sensor assembly receives a short to ground signal in the knee airbag squib circuit or 0.5 seconds. Knee airbag squib malfunction Center airbag sensor assembly malfunction. B1863/64 The center airbag sensor assembly receives a B+ short signal in the knee airbag squib circuit for 0.5 seconds. Knee airbag squib malfunction Center airbag sensor assembly malfunction. Instrument panel wire No. 1 instrument panel airbag assembly lower (knee airbag squib) Center airbag sensor assembly Instrument panel wire No. 1 instrument panel airbag assembly lower (knee airbag squib) Center airbag sensor assembly Instrument panel wire No. 1 instrument panel airbag assembly lower (knee airbag squib) Center airbag sensor assembly Instrument panel wire No. 1 instrument panel airbag assembly lower (knee airbag squib) Center airbag sensor assembly
163 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 209 WIRI DIGRM Center irbag Sensor ssembly K2 Knee irbag Squib 1 Y-R 9 12 DK+ 2 Y-G DK- H001454E42 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 CHECK FOR DTC Proceed to each step according to DTC readings. (1) If using the intelligent tester (read the 5-digit of DTC): Using the intelligent tester, check for DTCs (see page -18). Result Result DTC B1860 is output. DTC B1861 is output. DTC B1862 is output. DTC B1863 is output. Proceed to B C D (2) If not using the intelligent tester (read the 2-digit of DTC):
164 210 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM Result DTC B1860 is output. Check for DTC (see page -18). Result Proceed to E B C D E Go to step 4 Go to step 5 Go to step 6 Go to step 7 2 CHECK CONNECTOR Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Check that the instrument panel wire connector (on the No. 1 instrument panel airbag lower side) is not damaged. : The lock button is not disengaged, or the claw of the lock is not deformed or damaged. REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE 3 CHECK INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE (SHORT) Instrument Panel Wire Knee irbag Squib D C K2 B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connector from the No. 1 instrument panel airbag lower (knee airbag squib). Release the activation prevention mechanism built into connector "B" (see page -11). Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition DK+ DK- K2-1 (DK+) - K2-2 (DK-) 1 MΩ or higher Go to step 10 H045249E01
165 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 211 REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE 4 CHECK INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE (OPEN) Instrument Panel Wire Knee irbag Squib D C K2 B Center irbag Sensor ssembly (e) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connector from the No. 1 instrument panel airbag lower (knee airbag squib). Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance DK+ Tester Connection Specified Condition K2-1 (DK+) - K2-2 (DK-) Below 1 Ω H045249E01 Go to step 11 REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE 5 CHECK INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE (TO GROUND) Instrument Panel Wire Knee irbag Squib D C K2 B Center irbag Sensor ssembly (e) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connector from the No. 1 instrument panel airbag lower (knee airbag squib). Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance DK+ DK- DK- Tester Connection Specified Condition K2-1 (DK+) - K2-2 (DK-) 1 MΩ or higher H045249E01 Go to step 11 REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE
166 212 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 6 CHECK INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE (TO B+) Instrument Panel Wire Knee irbag Squib DK+ D C K2 B DK- Center irbag Sensor ssembly (e) (f) (g) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connector from the No. 1 instrument panel airbag lower (knee airbag squib). Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage H045249E01 Tester Connection Specified Condition K2-1 (DK+) - Body ground Below 1 V K2-2 (DK-) - Body ground Below 1 V (h) Before proceeding to the next step, perform the following procedures. (1) (2) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Go to step 11 REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE 7 CHECK CONNECTOR Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Check that the instrument panel wire connector (on the No. 1 instrument panel airbag assembly lower side) is not damaged. : The lock button is not disengaged, or the claw of the lock is not deformed or damaged. REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE
167 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM CHECK INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE (KNEE IRBG SQUIB CIRCUIT) Instrument Panel Wire Knee irbag Squib D C K2 B Center irbag Sensor ssembly (e) Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connector from the No. 1 instrument panel airbag lower (knee airbag squib). Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage DK+ DK- Tester Connection Specified Condition K2-1 (DK+) - Body ground Below 1 V K2-2 (DK-) - Body ground Below 1 V H045249E01 (f) (g) (h) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition K2-1 (DK+) - K2-2 (DK-) Below 1 Ω K2-1 (DK+) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher K2-2 (DK-) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher (i) (j) Release the activation prevention mechanism built into connector "B" (see page -11). Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition K2-1 (DK+) - K2-2 (DK-) 1 MΩ or higher REPIR OR REPLCE INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE
168 214 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 9 REPLCE NO. 1 INSTRUMENT PNEL IRBG SSEMBLY LOWER (KNEE IRBG SQUIB) D C Knee irbag Squib Center irbag Sensor ssembly H045250E01 (e) (f) (g) (h) Replace the No. 1 instrument panel airbag lower (knee airbag squib) and connect the connector. Perform the inspection using parts from a normal vehicle if possible. Connect the connectors to the center airbag sensor. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (see page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check for DTCs (see page -18). : DTC 64 is not output. Codes other than code 64 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. REPLCE CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY END 10 CHECK CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY Center irbag Sensor ssembly D Knee irbag Squib C H044392E01 (e) (f) (g) (h) Restore the released activation prevention mechanism of connector "B" to the original condition. Connect the connectors to the center airbag sensor. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (see page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check for DTCs (see page -18). : DTC B1860 is not output. Codes other than code B1860 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check.
169 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 215 Go to step 12 REPLCE CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY 11 CHECK CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY Instrument Panel Wire Knee irbag Squib DK+ D C K2 Center irbag Sensor ssembly DK- Service Wire H045251E01 (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) Connect the connectors to the center airbag sensor. Using a service wire, connect K2-1 (DK+) and K2-2 (DK- ) of connector "C". NOTICE: Twist the end of the service wire in order to insert it into the connector. Do not forcibly insert the twisted service wire into the terminals of the connector when connecting. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (see page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check for DTCs (see page -18). : DTC B1861, B1862 or B1863 is not output. Codes other than code B1861, B1862 or B1863 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Before proceeding to the next step, perform the following procedures. (1) Disconnect the service wire from connector "C". REPLCE CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY 12 CHECK NO. 1 INSTRUMENT PNEL IRBG SSEMBLY LOWER (KNEE IRBG SQUIB) Center irbag Sensor ssembly D C Knee irbag Squib H044393E01 (e) (f) (g) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Connect the connector to the No. 1 instrument panel airbag lower. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (see page -18).
170 216 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM (h) (i) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check for DTCs (see page -18). : DTC B1860, B1861, B1862 or B1863 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Codes other than code B1860, B1861, B1862 or B1863 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. REPLCE NO. 1 INSTRUMENT PNEL IRBG SSEMBLY LOWER PERFORM SYMPTOM SIMULTION
171 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 217 DTC B1900/73 DTC B1901/73 DTC B1902/73 DTC B1903/73 Short in Front Driver Side Pretensioner Squib Circuit Open in Front Driver Side Pretensioner Squib Circuit Short to GND in Front Driver Side Pretensioner Squib Circuit Short to B+ in Front Driver Side Pretensioner Squib Circuit DESCRIPTION The pretensioner squib (driver side) circuit consists of the center airbag sensor and the front seat outer belt LH. This circuit instructs the S to deploy when deployment conditions are met. These DTCs are recorded when a malfunction is detected in the pretensioner squib (driver side) circuit. DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Trouble rea B1900/73 The center airbag sensor assembly receives a line short circuit signal 5 times in the pretensioner squib (driver side) circuit during primary check. B1901/73 The center airbag sensor assembly receives an open circuit signal in the pretensioner squib (driver side) circuit for 2 seconds. B1902/73 The center airbag sensor assembly receives a short circuit to ground signal in the pretensioner squib (driver side) circuit for 0.5 seconds. B1903/73 The center airbag sensor assembly receives a B+ short circuit signal in the pretensioner squib (driver side) circuit for 0.5 seconds. Front seat outer belt assembly LH (pretensioner squib (driver side)) Center airbag sensor assembly Floor wire Front seat outer belt assembly LH (pretensioner squib (driver side)) Center airbag sensor assembly Floor wire Front seat outer belt assembly LH (pretensioner squib (driver side)) Center airbag sensor assembly Floor wire Front seat outer belt assembly LH (pretensioner squib (driver side)) Center airbag sensor assembly Floor wire
172 218 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM WIRI DIGRM Center irbag Sensor ssembly P13 Pretensioner Squib (Driver Side) 1 Y-B 5 11 PD+ 2 Y 6 11 PD- H001454E44 INSPECTION PROCEDURE CUTION: Be sure to perform the following procedures before troubleshooting to avoid unexpected airbag deployment. 1. Disconnect the connectors from the horn button. 2. Disconnect the connectors from the front passenger airbag. 3. Disconnect the connector from the No. 1 instrument panel airbag lower. 4. w/ Side and curtain shield airbag: Disconnect the connector from the front seat airbag LH. 5. w/ Side and curtain shield airbag: Disconnect the connector from the front seat airbag RH. 6. w/ Side and curtain shield airbag: Disconnect the connector from the curtain shield airbag LH. 7. w/ Side and curtain shield airbag: Disconnect the connector from the curtain shield airbag RH. 8. Disconnect the connector from the front seat outer belt RH.
173 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM CHECK FOR DTC Proceed to each step according to DTC readings. (1) If using the intelligent tester (read the 5-digit of DTC): Using the intelligent tester, check for DTCs (see page -18). Result Result DTC B1900 is output. DTC B1901 is output. DTC B1902 is output. DTC B1903 is output. Proceed to B C D (2) If not using the intelligent tester (read the 2-digit of DTC): Check for DTCs (see page -18). Result Result DTC 73 is output. Proceed to E B C D E Go to step 4 Go to step 5 Go to step 6 Go to step 7 2 CHECK CONNECTOR Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Check that the floor wire connector (on the front seat outer belt LH side) is not damaged. : The lock button is not disengaged, or the claw of the lock is not deformed or damaged. REPIR OR REPLCE FLOOR WIRE
174 220 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 3 CHECK FLOOR WIRE (SHORT) Pretensioner Squib (Driver Side) Floor Wire PD+ D C B P13 Center irbag Sensor ssembly Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connector from the front seat outer belt LH (pretensioner squib (driver side)). Release the activation prevention mechanism built into connector "B" (see page -11). Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition P13-1 (PD+) - P13-2 (PD-) 1 MΩ or higher Go to step 10 H043139E03 REPIR OR REPLCE FLOOR WIRE 4 CHECK FLOOR WIRE (OPEN) Pretensioner Squib (Driver Side) Floor Wire D C B P13 Center irbag Sensor ssembly (e) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connector from the front seat outer belt LH (pretensioner squib (driver side)). Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance PD+ PD- PD- Tester Connection Specified Condition P13-1 (PD+) - P13-2 (PD-) Below 1 Ω H043139E03 Go to step 11 REPIR OR REPLCE FLOOR WIRE
175 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM CHECK FLOOR WIRE (TO GROUND) Pretensioner Squib (Driver Side) Floor Wire D C B P13 Center irbag Sensor ssembly (e) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connector from the front seat outer belt LH (pretensioner squib (driver side)). Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance PD+ Tester Connection Specified Condition P13-1 (PD+) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher P13-2 (PD-) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher H043139E03 Go to step 11 REPIR OR REPLCE FLOOR WIRE 6 CHECK FLOOR WIRE (TO B+) Pretensioner Squib (Driver Side) Floor Wire PD+ D C B P13 Center irbag Sensor ssembly PD- PD- (e) (f) (g) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connector from the front seat outer belt LH (pretensioner squib (driver side)). Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage H043139E03 Tester Connection Specified Condition P13-1 (PD+) - Body ground Below 1 V P13-2 (PD-) - Body ground Below 1 V (h) Before proceeding to the next step, perform the following procedures. (1) (2) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Go to step 11
176 222 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM REPIR OR REPLCE FLOOR WIRE 7 CHECK CONNECTOR Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Check that the floor wire connector (on the front seat outer belt LH side) is not damaged. : The lock button is not disengaged, or the claw of the lock is not deformed or damaged. REPIR OR REPLCE FLOOR WIRE 8 CHECK FLOOR WIRE (PRETENSIONER SQUIB (DRIVER SIDE) CIRCUIT) Pretensioner Squib (Driver Side) Floor Wire D C B P13 Center irbag Sensor ssembly (e) Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connector from the front seat outer belt LH (pretensioner squib (driver side)). Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage PD+ PD- Tester Connection Specified Condition P13-1 (PD+) - Body ground Below 1 V P13-2 (PD-) - Body ground Below 1 V H043139E03 (f) (g) (h) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition P13-1 (PD+) - P13-2 (PD-) Below 1 Ω P13-1 (PD+) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher P13-2 (PD-) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher (i) (j) Release the activation prevention mechanism built into connector "B" (see page -11). Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
177 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 223 Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition P13-1 (PD+) - P13-2 (PD-) 1 MΩ or higher REPIR OR REPLCE FLOOR WIRE 9 REPLCE FRONT SET OUTER BELT SSEMBLY LH (PRETENSIONER SQUIB (DRIVER SIDE)) DC Pretensioner Squib (Driver Side) Center irbag Sensor ssembly H040058E03 (e) (f) (g) (h) Replace the front seat outer belt LH and connect the connector. Perform the inspection using parts from a normal vehicle if possible. Connect the connectors to the center airbag sensor. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (see page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check for DTCs (see page -18). : DTC 73 is not output. Codes other than code 73 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. REPLCE CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY END 10 CHECK CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY Center irbag Sensor ssembly D C Pretensioner Squib (Driver Side) H044394E03 (e) (f) (g) Restore the released activation prevention mechanism of connector "B" to the original condition. Connect the connectors to the center airbag sensor. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (see page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds.
178 224 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM (h) Check for DTCs (see page -18). : DTC B1900 is not output. Codes other than code B1900 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 12 REPLCE CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY 11 CHECK CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY Pretensioner Squib (Driver Side) Floor Wire PD- PD+ P13 D C Center irbag Sensor ssembly Service Wire H044063E01 Connect the connectors to the center airbag sensor. Using a service wire, connect P13-1 (PD+) and P13-2 (PD-) of connector "C". NOTICE: Twist the end of the service wire in order to insert it into the connector. Do not forcibly insert the twisted service wire into the terminals of the connector when connecting. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch on the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. (e) Clear the DTCs stored in memory (see page -18). (f) (g) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. (h) Check for DTCs (see page -18). : DTC B1901, B1902 or B1903 is not output. Codes other than code B1901, B1902 or B1903 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. (i) Before proceeding to the next step, perform the following procedures. (1) Disconnect the service wire from connector "C". REPLCE CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY
179 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM CHECK FRONT SET OUTER BELT SSEMBLY LH (PRETENSIONER SQUIB (DRIVER SIDE)) Center irbag Sensor ssembly D C Pretensioner Squib (Driver side) H044395E03 (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Connect the connector to the front seat outer belt LH. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (see page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check for DTCs (see page -18). : DTC B1900, B1901, B1902 or B1903 is not output. Codes other than code B1900, B1901, B1902 or B1903 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. REPLCE FRONT SET OUTER BELT SSEMBLY LH PERFORM SYMPTOM SIMULTION
180 226 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM DTC B1905/74 DTC B1906/74 DTC B1907/74 DTC B1908/74 Short in Front Passenger Side Pretensioner Squib Circuit Open in Front Passenger Side Pretensioner Squib Circuit Short to GND in Front Passenger Side Pretensioner Squib Circuit Short to B+ in Front Passenger Side Front Pretensioner Squib Circuit DESCRIPTION The pretensioner squib (front passenger side) circuit consists of the center airbag sensor and the front seat outer belt RH. This circuit instructs the S to deploy when deployment conditions are met. These DTCs are recorded when a malfunction is detected in the pretensioner squib (front passenger side) circuit. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition Trouble rea B1905/74 The center airbag sensor assembly receives a line short circuit signal 5 times in the pretensioner squib (front passenger side) circuit during primary check. B1906/74 The center airbag sensor assembly receives an open circuit signal in the pretensioner squib (front passenger side) circuit for 2 seconds. B1907/74 The center airbag sensor assembly receives a short circuit to ground signal in the pretensioner squib (front passenger side) circuit for 0.5 seconds. B1908/74 The center airbag sensor assembly receives a B+ short circuit signal in the pretensioner squib (front passenger side) circuit for 0.5 seconds. Front seat outer belt assembly RH (pretensioner squib (front passenger side)) Center airbag sensor assembly No. 2 floor wire Front seat outer belt assembly RH (pretensioner squib (front passenger side)) Center airbag sensor assembly No. 2 floor wire Front seat outer belt assembly RH (pretensioner squib (front passenger side)) Center airbag sensor assembly No. 2 floor wire Front seat outer belt assembly RH (pretensioner squib (front passenger side)) Center airbag sensor assembly No. 2 floor wire
181 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 227 WIRI DIGRM Center irbag Sensor ssembly P14 Pretensioner Squib (Front Passenger Side) 1 Y-B 4 13 PP+ 2 Y 3 13 PP- H001454E45 INSPECTION PROCEDURE CUTION: Be sure to perform the following procedures before troubleshooting to avoid unexpected airbag deployment. 1. Disconnect the connectors from the horn button. 2. Disconnect the connectors from the front passenger airbag. 3. Disconnect the connector from the No. 1 instrument panel airbag lower. 4. w/ Side and curtain shield airbag: Disconnect the connector from the front seat airbag LH. 5. w/ Side and curtain shield airbag: Disconnect the connector from the front seat airbag RH. 6. w/ Side and curtain shield airbag: Disconnect the connector from the curtain shield airbag LH. 7. w/ Side and curtain shield airbag: Disconnect the connector from the curtain shield airbag RH. 8. Disconnect the connector from the front seat outer belt LH.
182 228 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 1 CHECK FOR DTC Proceed to each step according to DTC readings. (1) If using the intelligent tester (read the 5-digit of DTC): Using the intelligent tester, check for DTCs (see page -18). Result Result DTC B1905 is output. DTC B1906 is output. DTC B1907 is output. DTC B1908 is output. Proceed to B C D (2) If not using the intelligent tester (read the 2-digit of DTC): Check for DTCs (see page -18). Result Result DTC 74 is output. Proceed to E B C D E Go to step 4 Go to step 5 Go to step 6 Go to step 7 2 CHECK CONNECTOR Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Check that the No. 2 floor wire connector (on the front seat outer belt RH side) is not damaged. : The lock button is not disengaged, or the claw of the lock is not deformed or damaged. REPIR OR REPLCE NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE
183 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM CHECK NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE (SHORT) No.2 Floor Wire Pretensioner Squib (Front Passenger Side) D C P14 B Center irbag Sensor ssembly PP- Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connector from the front seat outer belt RH (pretensioner squib (front passenger side)). Release the activation prevention mechanism built into connector "B" (see page -11). Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition P14-1 (PP+) - P14-2 (PP-) 1 MΩ or higher PP+ Go to step 10 H043135E04 REPIR OR REPLCE NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE 4 CHECK NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE (OPEN) No.2 Floor Wire Pretensioner Squib (Front Passenger Side) D C P14 B Center irbag Sensor ssembly PP- PP+ H043135E04 (e) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connector from the front seat outer belt RH (pretensioner squib (front passenger side)). Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition P14-1 (PP+) - P14-2 (PP-) Below 1 Ω Go to step 11 REPIR OR REPLCE NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE
184 230 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 5 CHECK NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE (TO GROUND) No.2 Floor Wire Pretensioner Squib (Front Passenger Side) D C P14 B Center irbag Sensor ssembly PP- (e) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connector from the front seat outer belt RH (pretensioner squib (front passenger side)). Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition P14-1 (PP+) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher PP+ P14-2 (PP-) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher H043135E04 Go to step 11 REPIR OR REPLCE NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE 6 CHECK NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE (TO B+) No.2 Floor Wire Pretensioner Squib (Front Passenger Side) D C P14 B Center irbag Sensor ssembly PP- PP+ H043135E04 (e) (f) (g) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connector from the front seat outer belt RH (pretensioner squib (front passenger side)). Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Tester Connection Specified Condition P14-1 (PP+) - Body ground Below 1 V P14-2 (PP-) - Body ground Below 1 V (h) Before proceeding to the next step, perform the following procedures. (1) (2) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Go to step 11
185 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 231 REPIR OR REPLCE NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE 7 CHECK CONNECTOR Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Check that the No. 2 floor wire connector (on the front seat outer belt RH side) is not damaged. : The lock button is not disengaged, or the claw of the lock is not deformed or damaged. REPIR OR REPLCE NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE 8 CHECK NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE (PRETENSIONER SQUIB (FRONT PSSEER SIDE) CIRCUIT) No.2 Floor Wire Pretensioner Squib (Front Passenger Side) D C P14 B Center irbag Sensor ssembly PP- PP+ H043135E04 (e) (f) (g) (h) Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. Disconnect the connector from the front seat outer belt RH (pretensioner squib (front passenger side)). Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Tester Connection Specified Condition P14-1 (PP+) - Body ground Below 1 V P14-2 (PP-) - Body ground Below 1 V Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition P14-1 (PP+) - P14-2 (PP-) Below 1 Ω P14-1 (PP+) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher P14-2 (PP-) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher (i) (j) Release the activation prevention mechanism built into connector "B" (see page -11). Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
186 232 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition P14-1 (PP+) - P14-2 (PP-) 1 MΩ or higher REPIR OR REPLCE NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE 9 REPLCE FRONT SET OUTER BELT SSEMBLY RH (PRETENSIONER SQUIB (FRONT PSSEER SIDE)) D C Pretensioner Squib (Front Passenger Side) Center irbag Sensor ssembly H043398E03 (e) (f) (g) (h) Replace the front seat outer belt RH and connect the connector. Perform the inspection using parts from a normal vehicle if possible. Connect the connectors to the center airbag sensor. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (see page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check for DTCs (see page -18). : DTC 74 is not output. Codes other than code 74 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. REPLCE CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY END 10 CHECK CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY Pretensioner Squib (Front Passenger Side) D C Center irbag Sensor ssembly H044397E03 (e) (f) (g) Restore the released activation prevention mechanism of connector "B" to the original condition. Connect the connectors to the center airbag sensor. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (see page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds.
187 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 233 (h) Check for DTCs (see page -18). : DTC B1905 is not output. Codes other than code B1905 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 12 REPLCE CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY 11 CHECK CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY Pretensioner Squib (Front Passenger Side) PP+ P14 D C PP- No. 2 Floor Wire Center irbag Sensor ssembly Service Wire H044064E01 Connect the connectors to the center airbag sensor. Using a service wire, connect P14-1 (PP+) and P14-2 (PP-) of connector "C". NOTICE: Twist the end of the service wire in order to insert it into the connector. Do not forcibly insert the twisted service wire into the terminals of the connector when connecting. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. (e) Clear the DTCs stored in memory (see page -18). (f) (g) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. (h) Check for DTCs (see page -18). : DTC B1906, B1907 or B1908 is not output. Codes other than code B1906, B1907 or B1908 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. (i) Before proceeding to the next step, perform the following procedures. (1) Disconnect the service wire from connector "C". REPLCE CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY
188 234 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 12 CHECK FRONT SET OUTER BELT SSEMBLY RH (PRETENSIONER SQUIB (FRONT PSSEER SIDE)) Pretensioner Squib (Front Passenger Side) D C Center irbag Sensor ssembly H044059E02 (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Connect the connector to the front seat outer belt RH. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (see page -18). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check for DTCs (see page -18). : DTC B1905, B1906, B1907 or B1908 is not output. Codes other than code B1905, B1906, B1907 or B1908 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. REPLCE FRONT SET OUTER BELT SSEMBLY RH PERFORM SYMPTOM SIMULTION
189 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 235 Source Voltage Drop DESCRIPTION The S is equipped with a voltage-increase circuit (DC-DC converter) in the center airbag sensor. When the source voltage drops, the voltage-increase circuit (DC-DC converter) functions to increase the voltage of the S to normal voltage. malfunction in this circuit is displayed differently from other codes. The source voltage drop is indicated when the S warning light comes on without showing any DTCs. malfunction in this circuit is not recorded in the center airbag sensor. The S warning light automatically goes off when the source voltage returns to normal. WIRI DIGRM Engine Room Relay Block Center irbag Sensor ssembly R B 3 IE4 I5 Ignition Switch M R Instrument Panel Junction Block R 7 M2 IG2 6 L 4 1F 17 1E 7 1M IG B 1E W-B 1E BR 1E 12 IG2 E1 E2 W-B W-B FL MIN W-B W-B Battery IH IF H045256E02
190 236 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 CHECK WIRE HRNESS (POWER SOURCE) Wire Harness Side 12 IG2 Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Tester Connection Specified Condition (IG2) - Body ground 10 to 14 V G027651E08 REPIR OR REPLCE HRNESS ND CONNECTOR (BTTERY - CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY) 2 CHECK WIRE HRNESS (CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY - BODY GROUND) Wire Harness Side 12 Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition E2 E1 G027651E (E1) - Body ground Below 1 Ω (E2) - Body ground Below 1 Ω REPIR OR REPLCE HRNESS ND CONNECTOR (CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY - BODY GROUND) 3 CHECK S WRNI LIGHT (e) (f) (g) Connect the 12 connector to the center airbag sensor. Connect the 12 connector to the horn button. Connect the 12 connector to the front passenger airbag. Connect the 12 connector to the No. 1 instrument panel airbag lower. w/ Side and curtain shield airbag: Connect the connector to the front seat airbag LH. w/ Side and curtain shield airbag: Connect the connector to the front seat airbag RH. w/ Side and curtain shield airbag: Connect the connector to the curtain shield airbag LH.
191 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 237 (h) (i) (j) (k) (l) w/ Side and curtain shield airbag: Connect the connector to the curtain shield airbag RH. Connect the connector to the front seat outer belt LH. Connect the connector to the front seat outer belt RH. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 6 seconds. (m) Operate all components of the electrical system (defogger, wiper, headlight, heater blower, etc.) and check the S warning light operation. : The S warning light does not come on. REPLCE CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY END
192 238 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM S Warning Light Remains ON DESCRIPTION The S warning light is located on the combination meter. When the S is normal, the S warning light comes on for approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch is turned from the LOCK position to the ON position, and then goes off automatically. If there is a malfunction in the S, the S warning light comes on to inform the driver of a problem. When terminals TC and CG of the DLC3 are connected, the DTCs are displayed by blinking the S warning light.
193 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 239 WIRI DIGRM Instrument Panel Junction Block Center irbag Sensor ssembly R 7 I5 Ignition Switch M2 W-B IG2 6 W-B L R 4 1F 14 1S 17 1E 7 1M IG2 MET IG2 16 1E 1 1M 32 1E 14 1E 30 1E LG B O W-B BR IG2 L E1 E2 LG R 29 LG C6 Combination Meter ssembly Junction Connector W-B W-B 4 S Engine Room Relay Block 1 BR R 3 IE4 B R 2 M2 2 1 W-B 2 C C J4 J5 BR FL MIN Battery IH IF W-B J7 Junction Connector 5 IH1 B BR B BR ED H045257E01 INSPECTION PROCEDURE CUTION: Be sure to perform the following procedures before troubleshooting to avoid unexpected airbag deployment Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. 3. Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. 4. Disconnect the connectors from the horn button.
194 240 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 5. Disconnect the connectors from the front passenger airbag. 6. Disconnect the connector from the No. 1 instrument panel airbag lower. 7. w/ Side and curtain shield airbag: Disconnect the connector from the front seat airbag LH. 8. w/ Side and curtain shield airbag: Disconnect the connector from the front seat airbag RH. 9. w/ Side and curtain shield airbag: Disconnect the connector from the curtain shield airbag LH. 10.w/ Side and curtain shield airbag: Disconnect the connector from the curtain shield airbag RH. 11.Disconnect the connector from the front seat outer belt LH. 12.Disconnect the connector from the front seat outer belt RH. 1 CHECK CONNECTION OF CONNECTO Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Check that the connectors are properly connected to the center airbag sensor. : The connectors are connected. CONNECT CONNECTO 2 CHECK FOR DTC Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Check for DTCs (see page -18). : Normal system code is output. REPIR CIRCUIT INDICTED BY OUTPUT DTC
195 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM CHECK WIRE HRNESS (CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY - COMBINTION METER SSEMBLY) Wire Harness Side 12 Center irbag Sensor ssembly Combination Meter ssembly L Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Disconnect connector from the combination meter. Disconnect the 12 connector from the center airbag sensor. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition (L) - C6-29 Below 1 Ω (L) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher C6 29 REPIR OR REPLCE WIRE HRNESS (CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY - COMBINTION METER SSEMBLY) H045253E01 4 CHECK WIRE HRNESS (CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY - COMBINTION METER SSEMBLY) Wire Harness Side Center irbag Sensor ssembly L Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage 12 Tester Connection Specified Condition (L) - Body ground Below 1 V Combination Meter ssembly REPIR OR REPLCE WIRE HRNESS (CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY - COMBINTION METER SSEMBLY) H045253E02
196 242 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 5 CHECK COMBINTION METER SSEMBLY C6 29 (e) Connect the C6 connector to the combination meter. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage I042345E01 Tester Connection Specified Condition C Body ground 7 to 14 V REPLCE COMBINTION METER SSEMBLY 6 CHECK S WRNI LIGHT Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Check the S warning light. Result Result Comes on simultaneously with ignition switch on Comes on 10 sec. after ignition switch on Proceed to B REPLCE COMBINTION METER SSEMBLY B REPLCE CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY
197 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 243 S Warning Light does not Come ON DESCRIPTION The S warning light is located on the combination meter. When the S is normal, the S warning light comes on for approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch is turned from the LOCK position to the ON position, and then goes off automatically. If there is a malfunction in the S, the S warning light comes on to inform the driver of a problem. When terminals TC and CG of the DLC3 are connected, the DTC is displayed by blinking the S warning light. WIRI DIGRM Refer to S Warning Light Remains ON (see page -235). INSPECTION PROCEDURE CUTION: Be sure to perform the following procedures before troubleshooting to avoid unexpected airbag deployment Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. 3. Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag senor. 4. Disconnect the connectors from the horn button. 5. Disconnect the connectors from the front passenger airbag. 6. Disconnect the connector from the No. 1 instrument panel airbag lower. 7. w/ Side and curtain shield airbag: Disconnect the connector from the front seat airbag LH. 8. w/ Side and curtain shield airbag: Disconnect the connector from the front seat airbag RH. 9. w/ Side and curtain shield airbag: Disconnect the connector from the curtain shield airbag LH. 10.w/ Side and curtain shield airbag: Disconnect the connector from the curtain shield airbag RH. 11.Disconnect the connector from the front seat outer belt LH. 12.Disconnect the connector from the front seat outer belt RH. 1 CHECK COMBINTION METER SSEMBLY Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 10 seconds. Check the S warning light. Result Result Does not come on Comes on Proceed to B REPLCE COMBINTION METER SSEMBLY B
198 244 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 2 CHECK WIRE HRNESS (CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY - COMBINTION METER) Wire Harness Side 12 Center irbag Sensor ssembly Combination Meter ssembly C6 L Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Disconnect the center airbag sensor connector. Disconnect the combination meter connector. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition (L) - C6-29 Below 1 Ω (L) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher REPIR OR REPLCE HRNESS ND CONNECTOR 29 H045253E01 REPLCE CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY
199 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 245 TC and CG Terminal Circuit DESCRIPTION DTC output mode is set by connecting terminals TC and CG of the DLC3. The DTCs are displayed by blinking the S warning light. WIRI DIGRM Skid Control ECU with ctuator Center irbag Sensor ssembly TC 16 S TC D4 DLC3 ECM TC E5 TC CG 4 C145371E01 When each warning light keeps blinking, a ground short in the wiring of terminal TC of the DLC3 or an internal ground short in each ECU is suspected. INSPECTION PROCEDURE CUTION: Be sure to perform the following procedures before troubleshooting to avoid unexpected airbag deployment Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. 3. Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. 4. Disconnect the connectors from the horn button. 5. Disconnect the connectors from the front passenger airbag.
200 246 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM 6. Disconnect the connector from the No. 1 instrument panel airbag lower. 7. w/ Side and curtain shield airbag: Disconnect the connector from the front seat airbag LH. 8. w/ Side and curtain shield airbag: Disconnect the connector from the front seat airbag RH. 9. w/ Side and curtain shield airbag: Disconnect the connector from the curtain shield airbag LH. 10.w/ Side and curtain shield airbag: Disconnect the connector from the curtain shield airbag RH. 11.Disconnect the connector from the front seat outer belt LH. 12.Disconnect the connector from the front seat outer belt RH. 1 CHECK WIRE HRNESS (TC OF DLC3 - TC OF CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY) DLC3 TC D4 Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition D4-13 (TC) (TC) Below 1 Ω Wire Harness Side Center irbag Sensor ssembly REPIR OR REPLCE HRNESS ND CONNECTOR (TC OF DLC3 - TC OF CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY) 12 TC H043473E02 2 CHECK WIRE HRNESS (CG OF DLC3 - BODY GROUND) D4 Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition D4-4 (CG) - Body ground Below 1 Ω CG H040173E14 REPIR OR REPLCE HRNESS ND CONNECTOR (CG OF DLC3 - BODY GROUND)
201 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM IRBG SYSTEM CHECK WIRE HRNESS (TC OF CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY - BODY GROUND) Wire Harness Side 12 Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition (TC)- Body ground 1 MΩ or higher TC G027651E10 REPIR OR REPLCE HRNESS ND CONNECTOR OR REPLCE ECH ECU REPLCE CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY
202 244 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM PRECUTION NOTICE: When disconnecting the negative (-) battery cable, initialize the following systems after the cable is reconnected: System Name Power Window Control System (w/ Jam Protection Function) Sliding Roof System See procedure IN INSPECTION PROCEDURE FOR VEHICLE INVOLVED IN CCIDENT Perform zero point calibration and sensitivity check if any of the following conditions occur: The occupant classification ECU is replaced. ccessories (seatback tray and seat cover, etc.) are installed. The front passenger seat is removed from the vehicle. The passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator ("OFF") comes on when the front passenger seat is not occupied. The vehicle is brought to the workshop for repair due to an accident or a collision. NOTICE: When an accident vehicle is brought into the workshop for repair, check the flatness of the body side that is equipped with the passenger seat. If the flatness is not within mm (0.118 in.), adjust it to the specified range.
203 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 245 PRTS LOCTION S WRNI LIGHT PSSEER IRBG ON/OFF INDICTOR COMBINTION METER SSEMBLY: HETER CONTROL BSE: OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION ECU FRONT OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SENSOR RH CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY FRONT OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SENSOR LH FRONT SET INNER BELT SSEMBLY RH RER OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SENSOR LH RER OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SENSOR RH C145345E01
204 246 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM SYSTEM DIGRM Front Seat Inner Belt ssembly RH (Passenger Side Buckle Switch) Occupant Classification ECU Front Occupant Classification Sensor LH Front Occupant Classification Sensor RH Rear Occupant Classification Sensor LH Rear Occupant Classification Sensor RH DLC3 Center irbag Sensor ssembly Heter Control Base (Passenger irbag ON/OFF Indicator) C C110375E18
205 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 247 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1. DESCRIPTION OF OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM GENERL DESCRIPTION (1) In the occupant classification system, the occupant classification ECU calculates the weight of the occupant based on a signal from the occupant classification sensors. This system recognizes the occupant as a child if it detects a weight of less than 36 kg (79.37 lb), and disables the front passenger airbag and front passenger side - side airbag. (2) This system is mainly comprised of 4 occupant classification sensors that detect the load on the front passenger seat. The occupant classification ECU controls the system, and the passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator indicates the ON/OFF condition of the front passenger airbag and front passenger side - side airbag. OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SENSOR Rear Occupant Classification Sensor RH Rear Occupant Classification Sensor LH Front Occupant Classification Sensor LH Front Occupant Classification Sensor RH Occupant Classification ECU Occupant Load Occupant Classification Sensor - Cross Section C C110537E07
206 248 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM C (1) The occupant classification sensors are installed on the 4 brackets connecting the seat rail and seat frame. ccordingly, when load is applied to the front passenger seat by an occupant sitting in it, the occupant classification sensors register a distortion. DESCRIPTION FOR PSSEER IRBG ON/ OFF INDICTOR (1) The passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator is installed on the heater control base. This indicator informs the driver whether the occupant classification ECU puts the front passenger airbag and front passenger side - side airbag into an active state or inactive state. (2) If a malfunction occurs in the occupant classification system, "OFF" indication of the passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator and the S warning light come on.
207 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 249 HOW TO PROCEED WITH TROUBLESHOOTI The intelligent tester can be used in steps 4, 6, 8, and 9. 1 VEHICLE BROUGHT TO WORKSHOP NEXT 2 CUSTOMER PROBLEM NLYSIS Confirm problem symptoms (See page IN-26). NEXT 3 PSSEER IRBG ON/OFF INDICTOR CHECK NEXT 4 CHECK DTCs (Present and Past DTCs) Check for DTCs. Result Result DTC is output. DTC is not output. Proceed to B B GO TO PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TBLE 5 DTCs CHRT NEXT 6 CIRCUIT INSPECTION NEXT 7 REPIR NEXT
208 250 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 8 CLER DTCs (Present and Past DTCs) Clear DTCs. NEXT 9 CHECK DTCs (Present and Past DTCs) Check for DTCs. Result Result DTC is not output. DTC is output. Proceed to B B Go to step 5 10 SYMPTOM SIMULTION Check the passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator condition. Result Result Passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator operates normally. Passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator ("OFF") and S warning light come on. Proceed to B B Go to step 5 11 CONFIRMTION TEST NEXT END
209 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 251 INITILIZTION 1. ZERO POINT CLIBRTION NOTICE: Make sure that the front passenger seat is not occupied before performing the operation. Perform zero point calibration and sensitivity check if any of the following conditions occur: The occupant classification ECU is replaced. ccessories (seatback tray and seat cover, etc.) are installed. The front passenger seat is removed from the vehicle. The passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator ("OFF") comes on when the front passenger seat is not occupied. The vehicle is brought to a workshop for repair due to an accident or a collision. Zero point calibration and sensitivity check procedures. Make sure that zero point calibration has finished normally, and then perform the sensitivity check. (1) djust the seat position according to the table below. djustment Component Slide Direction Reclining ngle Headrest Height Lifter Height Position Rearmost position Upright position Lowest position Lowest position DLC3 Intelligent Tester C147699E01 (2) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. (3) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
210 252 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM (4) Perform zero point calibration by following the prompts on the tester screen. ZERO POINT CLIBRTION PROCEDURE 1: DIGNOSIS - 1: OBD/MOBD - MODEL YER - MODEL SELECTION - 9: OCCUPNT DETECT Refer to the following screen flow. Perform sensitity check. Perform DTC check up repair. Sensor information is expressed as, MX. or MIN. in [ ]. If MX. or MIN. is displayed,, replace the front seat outer belt assembly. C C113452E26 Refer to the intelligent tester operator's manual for further details.
211 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 253 : "COMPLETE" is displayed. (5) Perform sensitivity check by following the prompts on the tester screen. (6) Confirm that the beginning sensor reading is within the standard range. Standard values: -3.2 to 3.2 kg (-7 to 7 lb) (7) Place a 30 kg (66.14 lb) weight (eg. a 30 kg (66.14 lb) of lead mass) onto the front passenger seat. (8) Confirm that the sensitivity is within the standard range. SENSITIVITY CHECK PROCEDURE 1: DIGNOSIS - 1: OBD/MOBD - MODEL YER - MODEL SELECTION - 9: OCCUPNT DETECT - Refer to the following screen flow. *1: kg = lb Unit can be changed based on unit conversion setting. [System Selection Screen] 1: DIGNOSIS - 9: SETUP - 4: UNIT CONVEION - WEIGHT (kg = lbs) C C113453E23 Standard values: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to lb) When performing sensitivity check, use a solid metal weight (the check result may not appear properly if a liquid weight is used).
212 254 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM If the sensitivity deviates from the standard range, retighten the bolts of the front passenger seat without deforming the seat rail. fter performing this procedure, if the sensitivity is not within the standard range, replace the front seat assembly RH. If zero point calibration has not finished normally, replace the front seat assembly RH.
213 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 255 OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM: PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TBLE Proceed to the troubleshooting for each circuit in the table below. Symptom Suspected rea See page The front passenger seat condition differs from the indication of the passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator (DTC is not output). Trouble in Passenger irbag ON/OFF Indicator -336
214 256 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM TERMINLS OF ECU 1. OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION ECU O5 O C C110373E14 Symbols (Terminal No.) Wiring Color Terminal Description Condition Specification +B (O4-1) - GND (O4-3) DI (O4-2) - GND (O4-3) GND (O4-3) - Body ground FSR- (O4-4) - GND (O4-3) BGND (O4-5) - GND (O4-3) IG (O4-7) - GND (O4-3) FSR+ (O4-8) - FSR- (O4-4) BSW (O4-9) - BGND (O4-5) SGD1 (O5-1) - GND (O4-3) SGD2 (O5-2) - GND (O4-3) SGD3 (O5-3) - GND (O4-3) SGD4 (O5-4) - GND (O4-3) SVC3 (O5-5) - SGD3 (O5-3) SVC4 (O5-6) - SGD4 (O5-4) SIG1 (O5-7) - SGD1 (O5-1) SIG2 (O5-8) - SGD2 (O5-2) G - W-B Power source (ECU-B Fuse) lways 10 to 14 V W - W-B Diagnosis (DLC3) IG switch ON Pulse generation W-B - Body ground Ground lways Below 1 Ω R - W-B GR - W-B Center airbag sensor assembly communication line (-) Passenger side buckle switch ground line lways lways Below 1 Ω Below 1 Ω LG - W-B Power source (IG2 Fuse) IG switch ON 10 to 14 V L - B B - GR G - W-B O - W-B W - W-B BR - W-B GR - W V - BR SB - G L - O Center airbag sensor assembly communication line Passenger side buckle switch line Occupant classification sensor front LH ground line Occupant classification sensor front RH ground line Occupant classification sensor rear LH ground line Occupant classification sensor rear RH ground line Occupant classification sensor rear LH power supply line Occupant classification sensor rear RH power supply line Occupant classification sensor front LH signal line Occupant classification sensor front RH signal line IG switch ON Buckle switch ON Buckle switch OFF lways lways Pulse generation Pulse generation Below 1 Ω Below 1 Ω lways Below 1 Ω lways IG switch ON, a load is applied to occupant classification sensor rear LH IG switch ON, a load is applied to occupant classification sensor rear RH IG switch ON, a load is applied to occupant classification sensor front LH IG switch ON, a load is applied to occupant classification sensor front RH Below 1 Ω 4.5 to 5.1 V 4.5 to 5.1 V 0.2 to 4.7 V 0.2 to 4.7 V
215 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 257 Symbols (Terminal No.) Wiring Color Terminal Description Condition Specification SIG3 (O5-9) - SGD3 (O5-3) SIG4 (O5-10) - SGD4 (O5-4) SVC1 (O5-11) - SGD1 (O5-1) SVC2 (O5-12) - SGD2 (O5-2) CG SG CNH Y - W B - BR R - G W - O SIL Occupant classification sensor rear LH signal line Occupant classification sensor rear RH signal line Occupant classification sensor front LH power supply line Occupant classification sensor front RH power supply line IG switch ON, a load is applied to occupant classification sensor rear LH IG switch ON, a load is applied to occupant classification sensor rear RH IG switch ON, a load is applied to occupant classification sensor front LH IG switch ON, a load is applied to occupant classification sensor front RH DIGNOSIS SYSTEM 0.2 to 4.7 V 0.2 to 4.7 V 4.5 to 5.1 V 4.5 to 5.1 V 1. CHECK DLC3 The ECM uses ISO for communication. The terminal arrangement of the DLC3 complies with SE J1962 and matches the ISO format. CNL BT H100769E16 Symbols (Terminal No.) Terminal Description Condition Pulse Condition SIL (7) - SG (5) Bus "+" Line During transmission Pulse generation CG (4) - Body ground Chassis Ground lways Below 1 Ω SG (5) - Body ground Signal ground lways Below 1 Ω BT (16) - Body ground Battery positive lways 10 to 14 V DLC3 Intelligent Tester C147699E01 If the result is not as specified, the DLC3 may have a malfunction. Repair or replace the harness and connector. If the display shows a communication error message when connecting the cable of the intelligent tester to the DLC3, turning the ignition switch to the ON position and operating the intelligent tester, there is a problem on the vehicle side or tester side. If communication is normal when the tester is connected to another vehicle, inspect the DLC3 on the original vehicle. If communication is still not possible when the tester is connected to another vehicle, the problem is probably in the tester itself. Consult the Service Department listed in the tester's instruction manual.
216 258 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM Vibrate Slightly Shake Slightly Vibrate Slightly D025083E16 2. SYMPTOM SIMULTION The most difficult case in troubleshooting is when no symptoms occur. In such cases, a thorough customer problem analysis must be carried out. Then the same or similar conditions and environment in which the problem occurred in the customer's vehicle should be simulated. No matter how experienced or skilled a technician may be, if he proceeds to troubleshooting without confirming the problem symptoms, he will likely overlook something important and make a wrong guess at some points in the repair operation. This leads to a standstill in troubleshooting. Vibration method: When vibration seems to be the major cause. Perform the simulation method only during the primary check period (for approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position. (1) Slightly vibrate the part of the sensor considered to be the problem cause with your fingers and check whether the malfunction occurs. Shaking the relays too strongly may result in open relays. (2) Slightly shake the connector vertically and horizontally. (3) Slightly shake the wire harness vertically and horizontally. The connector joint and fulcrum of the vibration are the major areas to be checked thoroughly. Simulation method for DTC B1794: Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK to the ON position, hold it for 10 seconds, and back to off again 50 times in a row. DTC B1794 is output if the occupant classification ECU receives the ignition switch LOCK-ON-LOCK signal 50 times in a row when a malfunction occurs in the power circuit for the occupant classification system. 3. FUNCTION OF PSSEER IRBG ON/OFF INDICTOR Initial check (1) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. (2) The passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator ("ON" and "OFF") comes on for approximately 4 seconds, then goes off for approximately 2 seconds.
217 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 259 (3) pproximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, the passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator will show ON or OFF depending on the conditions listed below. Passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator Condition ON Indicator OFF Indicator S Warning light Vacant OFF OFF OFF dult is seated. ON OFF OFF Child is seated. OFF ON OFF Child restraint system is set. OFF ON OFF Front passenger occupant classification system failure OFF ON ON The passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator is based on the timing chart below in order to check the indicator light circuit. When the occupant classification system has trouble, both the S warning light and the passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator ("OFF") come on. In this case, check for DTCs in "IRBG SYSTEM" first. Ignition Switch ON OFF 4 sec. 2 sec. Passenger irbag ON/OFF Indicator ( ON ) ON OFF 4 sec. 2 sec. Passenger irbag ON/OFF Indicator ( OFF ) ON OFF ON/OFF condition depends on the front passenger detection results. C123768E01
218 260 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM C CHECK PSSEER IRBG ON/OFF INDICTOR Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Check that the passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator ("ON" and "OFF") comes on for approximately 4 seconds, then goes off for approximately 2 seconds. Refer to the table in the previous step regarding the passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and approximately 6 seconds pass.
219 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 261 DTC CHECK / CLER DLC3 Intelligent Tester C147699E01 1. DTC CHECK When DTC B1650/32 is detected as a result of troubleshooting for IRBG SYSTEM, perform troubleshooting for OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM. Use the intelligent tester to read and clear DTCs, otherwise the DTCs cannot be read and cleared. Check for DTCs. (1) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. (2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. (3) Check the DTCs by following the prompts on the tester screen. Refer to the intelligent tester operator's manual for further details. Clear the DTCs. (1) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. (2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. (3) Clear the DTCs by following the prompts on the tester screen. Refer to the intelligent tester operator's manual for further details.
220 262 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM DT LIST / CTIVE TEST By accessing the DT LIST displayed on the intelligent tester, you can perform such functions as reading the values of switches and sensors without removing any parts. Reading the DT LIST as the first step in troubleshooting is one method to save labor time. 1. DT LIST FOR OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION ECU Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Turn the tester on. Enter the following menus: DIGNOSIS / OBD/ MOBD / OCCUPNT DETECT / DT LIST. (e) Check the values by referring to the DLC3 Intelligent Tester C147699E01 Tester Display Measurement Item/Range Normal Condition Diagnostic Note IG SW PSSEER CLSS SENS RE INF FL SENS RE FR SENS RE Ignition switch condition/ ON: Ignition switch ON OFF: Ignition switch OFF Passenger classification/ M50: dult (more than 54 kg ( lb)) is seated F05: dult (36 to 54 kg (79.37 to lb)) is seated CHILD: Child (less than 36 kg (79.37 lb)) is seated C: Child restraint system (less than 7 kg (15.43 lb)) and passenger side buckle switch is ON, then 7 to 36 kg (15.43 to lb) of weight is applied OFF: Vacant Sensor range information/ : The value of a sensor is within the range : The value of a sensor is over the range Front left sensor range information/ : Sensor range is -17 to 27 kg ( to lb) Min.: Less than -17 kg ( lb) Max.: More than 27 kg (59.52 lb) Front right sensor range information/ : Sensor range is -17 to 27 kg ( to lb) Min.: Less than -17 kg ( lb) Max.: More than 27 kg (59.52 lb) ON/OFF - M50/F05/CHILD/C/OFF
221 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 263 Tester Display Measurement Item/Range Normal Condition Diagnostic Note RL SENS RE RR SENS RE P BUCKLE SW FL SENS VOL FR SENS VOL RL SENS VOL RR SENS VOL FL SENS WEIGHT FR SENS WEIGHT RL SENS WEIGHT RR SENS WEIGHT TOTL WEIGHT #PRESENT CODES #PST CODES Rear left sensor range information/ : Sensor range is -17 to 37 kg ( to lb) Min.: Less than -17 kg ( lb) Max.: More than 37 kg (81.57 lb) Rear right sensor range information/ : Sensor range is -17 to 37 kg ( to lb) Min.: Less than -17 kg ( lb) Max.: More than 37 kg (81.57 lb) Buckle switch (Passenger side)/ UNSET: Unfasten the passenger side seat belt SET: Fasten the passenger side seat belt : Passenger side seat belt has trouble Front left sensor voltage/ Min.: 0 V Max.: 19.8 V Front right sensor voltage/ Min.: 0 V Max.: 19.8 V Rear left sensor voltage/ Min.: 0 V Max.: 19.8 V Rear right sensor voltage/ Min.: 0 V Max.: 19.8 V Front left sensor weight information/ Min.: -17 kg ( lb) Max.: 27 kg (59.52 lb) Front right sensor weight information/ Min.: -17 kg ( lb) Max.: 27 kg (59.52 lb) Rear left sensor weight information/ Min.: -17 kg ( lb) Max.: 37 kg (81.57 lb) Rear right sensor weight information/ Min.: -17 kg ( lb) Max.: 37 kg (81.57 lb) Total weight information/ Min.: -68 kg ( lb) Max.: 128 kg ( lb) Number of present DTC recorded/ Min.: 0, Max.: 255 Number of past DTC recorded/ Min.: 0, Max.: UNSET/SET - 0 to 4.7 V - 0 to 4.7 V - 0 to 4.7 V - 0 to 4.7 V to 27 kg ( to lb) -17 to 27 kg ( to lb) -17 to 37 kg ( to lb) -17 to 37 kg ( to lb) -68 to 128 kg ( to lb)
222 264 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM: DTC Code Detection Item Trouble rea B1771 B1780 B1781 B1782 B1783 B1785 B1786 B1787 B1788 B1790 B1793 B1794 B1795 B1796 Passenger Side Buckle Switch Circuit Malfunction Front Occupant Classification Sensor LH Circuit Malfunction Front Occupant Classification Sensor RH Circuit Malfunction Rear Occupant Classification Sensor LH Circuit Malfunction Rear Occupant Classification Sensor RH Circuit Malfunction Front Occupant Classification Sensor LH Collision Detection Front Occupant Classification Sensor RH Collision Detection Rear Occupant Classification Sensor LH Collision Detection Rear Occupant Classification Sensor RH Collision Detection Center irbag Sensor ssembly Communication Circuit Malfunction Occupant Classification Sensor Power Supply Circuit Malfunction Open in Occupant Classification ECU Battery Positive Line Occupant Classification ECU Malfunction Sleep Operation Failure of Occupant Classification ECU DIGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHRT If a trouble code is displayed during the DTC check, check the circuit listed for the code in the table below (Proceed to the page listed for that circuit). 1. Front seat inner belt assembly RH (Passenger side buckle switch) 2. Occupant classification ECU 3. Front seat wire RH 1. Front seat assembly RH (Front occupant classification sensor LH) 2. Occupant classification ECU 3. Front seat wire RH 1. Front seat assembly RH (Front occupant classification sensor RH) 2. Occupant classification ECU 3. Front seat wire RH 1. Front seat assembly RH (Rear occupant classification sensor LH) 2. Occupant classification ECU 3. Front seat wire RH 1. Front seat assembly RH (Rear occupant classification sensor RH) 2. Occupant classification ECU 3. Front seat wire RH 1. Front seat assembly RH (Front occupant classification sensor LH) 2. Occupant classification ECU 1. Front seat assembly RH (Front occupant classification sensor RH) 2. Occupant classification ECU 1. Front seat assembly RH (Rear occupant classification sensor LH) 2. Occupant classification ECU 1. Front seat assembly RH (Rear occupant classification sensor RH) 2. Occupant classification ECU 1. Occupant classification ECU 2. Center airbag sensor assembly 3. Floor wire No Front seat assembly RH (Occupant classification sensors) 2. Occupant classification ECU 3. Front seat wire RH 1. Battery 2. ECU-B Fuse 3. Floor wire No Occupant classification ECU 1. Battery 2. ECU-B Fuse 3. Floor wire No Front seat inner belt assembly RH (Passenger side buckle switch) 5. Occupant classification ECU Passenger airbag ON/ OFF Indicator (OFF Indicator) ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON See page Occupant classification ECU ON -334
223 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 265 DTC B1771 Passenger Side Buckle Switch Circuit Malfunction DESCRIPTION The passenger side buckle switch circuit consists of the occupant classification ECU and the front seat inner belt assembly RH. DTC B1771 is recorded when a malfunction is detected in the passenger side buckle switch circuit. Troubleshoot DTC B1771 first when DTCs B1771 and B1795 are output simultaneously. DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Trouble rea B1771 The occupant classification ECU receives a line short circuit signal, an open circuit signal, a short circuit to ground signal or a short circuit to B+ signal in the passenger side buckle switch circuit for 2 seconds. Passenger side buckle switch malfunction Occupant classification ECU malfunction Front seat inner belt assembly RH Occupant classification ECU Front seat wire RH When DTC B1650/32 is detected as a result of troubleshooting for "IRBG SYSTEM", check the DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU. When DTC B1771 is output, perform troubleshooting for the DTC.
224 266 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM WIRI DIGRM F8 Passenger Side Buckle Switch O4 Occupant classification ECU 2 9 BSW 4 5 BGND C145346E01 INSPECTION PROCEDURE If troubleshooting (wire harness inspection) is difficult to perform, remove the front passenger seat installation bolts to see the under surface of the seat cushion. In the above case, hold the seat so that it does not fall down. Holding the seat for a long period of time may cause a problem, such as seat rail deformation. Hold the seat only as necessary. 1 CHECK DTC (e) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Clear the DTCs stored in the memory (See page - 257). First clear the DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor assembly. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Check the DTCs (See page -257).
225 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 267 : DTC B1771 is not output. Codes other than DTC B1771 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 2 USE SIMULTION METHOD TO CHECK 2 CHECK CONNECTION OF CONNECTO Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery. Check that the connectors are properly connected to the occupant classification ECU and the front seat inner belt assembly RH. : The connectors are properly connected. CONNECT CONNECTO PROPERLY, THEN GO TO STEP 1 3 CHECK FLOOR WIRE NO. 2 (SHORT TO B+) D C Front Seat Inner Belt ssembly RH Floor Wire No. 2 B Occupant Classification ECU Connector B Disconnect the connectors from the occupant classification ECU and the front seat inner belt assembly RH. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition O4-9 (BSW) - Body ground Ignition switch ON Below 1 V O4-5 (BGND) - Body ground Ignition switch ON Below 1 V O4 REPLCE FLOOR WIRE NO. 2 BGND C BSW C111706E32
226 268 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 4 CHECK FLOOR WIRE NO. 2 (OPEN) D C Front Seat Inner Belt ssembly RH Floor Wire No. 2 B Occupant Classification ECU Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery. Using a service wire, connect terminals 2 and 1 of connector C. NOTICE: Do not forcibly insert a service wire into the terminals of the connector when connecting. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Connector C Connector B F8 O4 BSW BGND 1 2 Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition O4-9 (BSW) - O4-5 (BGND) lways Below 1 Ω REPLCE FLOOR WIRE NO. 2 Service Wire C145305E02 5 CHECK FLOOR WIRE NO. 2 (SHORT) D C Front Seat Inner Belt ssembly RH Floor Wire No. 2 B Occupant Classification ECU Disconnect the service wire from connector C. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition O4-9 (BSW) - O4-5 (BGND) lways 1 MΩ or higher REPLCE FLOOR WIRE NO. 2 Connector B O4 BGND C BSW C111706E32
227 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM CHECK FLOOR WIRE NO. 2 (SHORT TO GROUND) Floor Wire No. 2 Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance D C Front Seat Inner Belt ssembly RH B Occupant Classification ECU Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition O4-9 (BSW) - Body ground lways 1 MΩ or higher O4-5 (BGND) - Body ground lways 1 MΩ or higher REPLCE FLOOR WIRE NO. 2 Connector B O4 BGND C BSW C111706E32 7 CHECK DTC (e) (f) (g) Connect the connectors to the occupant classification ECU and the front seat inner belt assembly RH. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Clear the DTCs stored in the memory (See page - 257). First clear DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor assembly. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Check the DTCs (See page -257). : DTC B1771 is not output. Codes other than DTC B1771 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 8
228 270 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM USE SIMULTION METHOD TO CHECK 8 REPLCE FRONT SET INNER BELT SSEMBLY RH (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery. Replace the front seat inner belt assembly RH (See page SB-5). Perform the inspection using parts from a normal vehicle if possible. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Clear the DTCs stored in the memory (See page - 257). First clear the DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor assembly. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Check the DTCs (See page -257). : DTC B1771 is not output. Codes other than DTC B1771 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 9 END 9 REPLCE OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION ECU Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery. Replace the occupant classification ECU (See page - 407). NEXT 10 PERFORM ZERO POINT CLIBRTION Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.
229 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 271 NEXT 11 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK NEXT Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Using the intelligent tester, perform "zero point calibration" (See page -250). : "COMPLETED" is displayed. Using the intelligent tester, perform "sensitivity check" (See page -250). Standard values: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to lb) END
230 272 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM DTC B1780 Front Occupant Classification Sensor LH Circuit Malfunction DESCRIPTION The front occupant classification sensor LH circuit consists of the occupant classification ECU and the front occupant classification sensor LH. DTC B1780 is recorded when a malfunction is detected in the front occupant classification sensor LH circuit. DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Trouble rea B1780 When DTC B1650/32 is detected as a result of troubleshooting for "IRBG SYSTEM", check the DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU. When DTC B1780 is output, perform troubleshooting for the DTC. WIRI DIGRM The occupant classification ECU receives a line short circuit signal, an open circuit signal, a short circuit to ground signal or a short circuit to B+ signal in the front occupant classification sensor LH circuit for 2 seconds. Front occupant classification sensor LH malfunction Occupant classification ECU malfunction Front seat assembly RH (Front occupant classification sensor LH) Occupant classification ECU Front seat wire RH O6 Front Occupant Classification Sensor LH Occupant Classification ECU SVC O5 SVC1 7 SIG1 2 O5 SIG1 SGD1 3 1 O5 SGD1 H043062E60
231 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 273 INSPECTION PROCEDURE If troubleshooting (wire harness inspection) is difficult to perform, remove the front passenger seat installation bolts to see the under surface of the seat cushion. In the above case, hold the seat so that it does not fall down. Holding the seat for a long period of time may cause a problem, such as seat rail deformation. Hold the seat only as necessary. 1 CHECK DTC (e) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Clear the DTCs stored in the memory (See page - 257). First clear the DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor assembly. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Check the DTCs (See page -257). : DTC B1780 is not output. Codes other than DTC B1780 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 2 USE SIMULTION METHOD TO CHECK 2 CHECK CONNECTION OF CONNECTO Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery. Check that the connectors are properly connected to the occupant classification ECU and the front occupant classification sensor LH. : The connectors are properly connected. CONNECT CONNECTOR PROPERLY, THEN GO TO STEP 1
232 274 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 3 CHECK FRONT SET WIRE RH (SHORT TO B+) Front Seat Wire RH D C Front Occupant Classification Sensor LH SGD1 O5 B Connector B Occupant Classification ECU Disconnect the connectors from the occupant classification ECU and the front occupant classification sensor LH. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition O5-1 (SGD1) - Body ground Ignition switch ON Below 1 V O5-7 (SIG1) - Body ground Ignition switch ON Below 1 V O5-11 (SVC1) - Body ground Ignition switch ON Below 1 V REPLCE FRONT SET WIRE RH SIG1 SVC1 C138022E05 4 CHECK FRONT SET WIRE RH (OPEN) D C Front Occupant Classification Sensor LH Service Wire SVC1 Connector C O6 Front Seat Wire RH SGD1 B Occupant Classification ECU Connector B SGD1 O5 Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery. Using a service wire, connect terminals 1 (SVC1) and 3 (SGD1), and connect terminals 2 (SIG1) and 3 (SGD1) of connector C. NOTICE: Do not forcibly insert a service wire into the terminals of the connector when connecting. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition O5-7 (SIG1) - O5-1 (SGD1) lways Below 1 Ω O5-11 (SVC1) - O5-1 (SGD1) lways Below 1 Ω SIG1 SVC1 REPLCE FRONT SET WIRE RH C SIG1 Service Wire C111709E28
233 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM CHECK FRONT SET WIRE RH (SHORT) Front Seat Wire RH Disconnect the service wire from connector C. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance D C Front Occupant Classification Sensor LH B Occupant Classification ECU Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition O5-7 (SIG1) - O5-1 (SGD1) lways 1 MΩ or higher O5-11 (SVC1) - O5-1 (SGD1) lways 1 MΩ or higher O5-7 (SIG1) - O5-11 (SVC1) lways 1 MΩ or higher Connector B REPLCE FRONT SET WIRE RH SGD1 O5 SIG1 SVC1 C138022E05 6 CHECK FRONT SET WIRE RH (SHORT TO GROUND) Front Seat Wire RH Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition D C Front Occupant Classification Sensor LH B Occupant Classification ECU O5-1 (SGD1) - Body ground O5-7 (SIG1) - Body ground O5-11 (SVC1) - Body ground lways lways lways 1 MΩ or higher 1 MΩ or higher 1 MΩ or higher REPLCE FRONT SET WIRE RH Connector B SGD1 O5 SIG1 SVC1 C138022E05
234 276 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 7 CHECK DTC (e) (f) (g) Connect the connectors to the occupant classification ECU and the front occupant classification sensor LH. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Clear the DTCs stored in the memory (See page - 257). First clear the DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor assembly. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Check the DTCs (See page -257). : DTC B1780 is not output. Codes other than DTC B1780 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 8 USE SIMULTION METHOD TO CHECK 8 REPLCE OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION ECU Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery. Replace the occupant classification ECU (See page - 407). Perform the inspection using parts from a normal vehicle if possible. NEXT 9 PERFORM ZERO POINT CLIBRTION Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Using the intelligent tester, perform "zero point calibration" (See page -250). : "COMPLETED" is displayed. Go to step 12
235 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK Using the intelligent tester, perform "sensitivity check" (See page -250). Standard values: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to lb) Go to step CHECK DTC (e) (f) Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Clear the DTCs stored in the memory (See page - 257). First clear the DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor assembly. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Check the DTCs (See page -257). : DTC B1780 is not output. Codes other than DTC B1780 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 12 END 12 REPLCE FRONT SET SSEMBLY RH Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery. Replace the front seat assembly RH (See page SE-5). NEXT 13 PERFORM ZERO POINT CLIBRTION Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
236 278 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM Using the intelligent tester, perform "zero point calibration" (See page -250). : "COMPLETED" is displayed. NEXT 14 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK Using the intelligent tester, perform "sensitivity check" (See page -250). Standard values: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to lb) NEXT END
237 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 279 DTC B1781 Front Occupant Classification Sensor RH Circuit Malfunction DESCRIPTION The front occupant classification sensor RH circuit consists of the occupant classification ECU and the front occupant classification sensor RH. DTC B1781 is recorded when a malfunction is detected in the front occupant classification sensor RH circuit. DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Trouble rea B1781 When DTC B1650/32 is detected as a result of troubleshooting for "IRBG SYSTEM", check the DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU. When DTC B1781 is output, perform troubleshooting for the DTC. WIRI DIGRM The occupant classification ECU receives a line short circuit signal, an open circuit signal, a short circuit to ground signal or a short circuit to B+ signal in the front occupant classification sensor RH circuit for 2 seconds. Front occupant classification sensor RH malfunction Occupant classification ECU malfunction Front seat assembly RH (Front occupant classification sensor RH) Occupant classification ECU Front seat wire RH O8 Front Occupant Classification Sensor RH Occupant Classification ECU SVC O5 SVC2 8 SIG2 2 O5 SIG2 SGD2 3 2 O5 SGD2 H043062E61
238 280 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM INSPECTION PROCEDURE If troubleshooting (wire harness inspection) is difficult to perform, remove the front passenger seat installation bolts to see the under surface of the seat cushion. In the above case, hold the seat so that it does not fall down. Holding the seat for a long period of time may cause a problem, such as seat rail deformation. Hold the seat only as necessary. 1 CHECK DTC (e) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Clear the DTCs stored in the memory (See page - 257). First clear the DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor assembly. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Check the DTCs (See page -257). : DTC B1781 is not output. Codes other than DTC B1781 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 2 USE SIMULTION METHOD TO CHECK 2 CHECK CONNECTION OF CONNECTO Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery. Check that the connectors are properly connected to the occupant classification ECU and the front occupant classification sensor RH. : The connectors are properly connected. CONNECT CONNECTO PROPERLY, THEN GO TO STEP 1
239 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM CHECK FRONT SET WIRE RH (SHORT TO B+) Front Seat Wire RH D C Front Occupant Classification Sensor RH B Connector B Occupant Classification ECU Disconnect the connectors from the occupant classification ECU and the front occupant classification sensor RH. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition O5-2 (SGD2) - Body ground Ignition switch ON Below 1 V O5-8 (SIG2) - Body ground Ignition switch ON Below 1 V O5-12 (SVC2) - Body ground Ignition switch ON Below 1 V SGD2 O5 REPLCE FRONT SET WIRE RH SIG2 SVC2 C138022E07 4 CHECK FRONT SET WIRE RH (OPEN) Front Seat Wire RH D C Front Occupant Classification Sensor RH Connector C B Occupant Classification ECU Connector B Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery. Using a service wire, connect terminals 1 (SVC2) and 3 (SGD2), and connect terminals 2 (SIG2) and 3 (SGD2) of connector C. NOTICE: Do not forcibly insert a service wire into the terminals of the connector when connecting. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Service Wire SVC2 O8 SGD2 SGD2 O5 Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition O5-8 (SIG2) - O5-2 (SGD2) lways Below 1 Ω O5-12 (SVC2) - O5-2 (SGD2) lways Below 1 Ω C SIG2 SIG2 Service Wire SVC2 C110374E31 REPLCE FRONT SET WIRE RH
240 282 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 5 CHECK FRONT SET WIRE RH (SHORT) Front Seat Wire RH Disconnect the service wire from connector C. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance D C Front Occupant Classification Sensor RH B Occupant Classification ECU Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition O5-8 (SIG2) - O5-2 (SGD2) lways 1 MΩ or higher O5-12 (SVC2) - O5-2 (SGD2) lways 1 MΩ or higher O5-8 (SIG2) - O5-12 (SVC2) lways 1 MΩ or higher Connector B REPLCE FRONT SET WIRE RH SGD2 O5 SIG2 SVC2 C138022E07 6 CHECK FRONT SET WIRE RH (SHORT TO GROUND) Front Seat Wire RH Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition D C Front Occupant Classification Sensor RH B Occupant Classification ECU O5-2 (SGD2) - Body ground O5-8 (SIG2) - Body ground O5-12 (SVC2) - Body ground lways lways lways 1 MΩ or higher 1 MΩ or higher 1 MΩ or higher REPLCE FRONT SET WIRE RH Connector B SGD2 O5 SIG2 SVC2 C138022E07
241 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM CHECK DTC (e) (f) (g) Connect the connectors to the occupant classification ECU and the front occupant classification sensor RH. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Clear the DTCs stored in the memory (See page - 257). First clear the DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor assembly. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Check the DTCs (See page -257). : DTC B1781 is not output. Codes other than DTC B1781 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 8 USE SIMULTION METHOD TO CHECK 8 REPLCE OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION ECU Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery. Replace the occupant classification ECU (See page - 407). Perform the inspection using parts from a normal vehicle if possible. NEXT 9 PERFORM ZERO POINT CLIBRTION Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Using the intelligent tester, perform "zero point calibration" (See page -250). : "COMPLETED" is displayed. Go to step 12
242 284 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 10 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK Using the intelligent tester, perform "sensitivity check" (See page -250). Standard values: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to lb) Go to step CHECK DTC (e) (f) Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Clear the DTCs stored in the memory (See page - 257). First clear the DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor assembly. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Check the DTCs (See page -257). : DTC B1781 is not output. Codes other than DTC B1781 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 12 END 12 REPLCE FRONT SET SSEMBLY RH Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery. Replace the front seat assembly RH (See page SE-5). NEXT 13 PERFORM ZERO POINT CLIBRTION Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
243 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 285 Using the intelligent tester, perform "zero point calibration" (See page -250). : "COMPLETED" is displayed. NEXT 14 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK Using the intelligent tester, perform "sensitivity check" (See page -250). Standard values: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to lb) NEXT END
244 286 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM DTC B1782 Rear Occupant Classification Sensor LH Circuit Malfunction DESCRIPTION The rear occupant classification sensor LH circuit consists of the occupant classification ECU and the rear occupant classification sensor LH. DTC B1782 is recorded when a malfunction is detected in the rear occupant classification sensor LH circuit. DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Trouble rea B1782 The occupant classification ECU receives a line short circuit signal, an open circuit signal, a short circuit to ground signal or a short circuit to B+ signal in the rear occupant classification sensor LH circuit for 2 seconds. Rear occupant classification sensor LH malfunction Occupant classification ECU malfunction Front seat assembly RH (Rear occupant classification sensor LH) Occupant classification ECU Front seat wire RH When DTC B1650/32 is detected as a result of troubleshooting for "IRBG SYSTEM", check the DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU. When DTC B1782 is output, perform troubleshooting for the DTC. WIRI DIGRM O7 Rear Occupant Classification Sensor LH Occupant Classification ECU 5 SVC3 1 O5 SVC3 9 SIG3 2 O5 SIG3 3 SGD3 3 O5 SGD3 H043062E62
245 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 287 INSPECTION PROCEDURE If troubleshooting (wire harness inspection) is difficult to perform, remove the front passenger seat installation bolts to see the under surface of the seat cushion. In the above case, hold the seat so that it does not fall down. Holding the seat for a long period of time may cause a problem, such as seat rail deformation. Hold the seat only as necessary. 1 CHECK DTC (e) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Clear the DTCs stored in the memory (See page - 257). First clear the DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor assembly. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Check the DTCs (See page -257). : DTC B1782 is not output. Codes other than DTC B1782 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 2 USE SIMULTION METHOD TO CHECK 2 CHECK CONNECTION OF CONNECTO Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery. Check that the connectors are properly connected to the occupant classification ECU and the rear occupant classification sensor LH. : The connectors are properly connected. CONNECT CONNECTO PROPERLY, THEN GO TO STEP 1
246 288 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 3 CHECK FRONT SET WIRE RH (SHORT TO B+) Front Seat Wire RH D C B Rear Occupant Classification Sennsor LH SGD3 Connector B O5 Occupant Classification ECU SVC3 Disconnect the connectors from the occupant classification ECU and the rear occupant classification sensor LH. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition O5-3 (SGD3) - Body ground Ignition switch ON Below 1 V O5-5 (SVC3) - Body ground Ignition switch ON Below 1 V O5-9 (SIG3) - Body ground Ignition switch ON Below 1 V REPLCE FRONT SET WIRE RH SIG3 C138022E08 4 CHECK FRONT SET WIRE RH (OPEN) Front Seat Wire RH D C Rear Occupant Classification Sensor LH Connector C B Occupant Classification ECU Connector B Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery. Using a service wire, connect terminals 1 (SVC3) and 3 (SGD3), and connect terminals 2 (SIG3) and 3 (SGD3) of connector C. NOTICE: Do not forcibly insert a service wire into the terminals of the connector when connecting. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Service Wire SVC3 O7 SGD3 SGD3 O5 SVC3 Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition O5-5 (SVC3) - O5-3 (SGD3) lways Below 1 Ω O5-9 (SIG3) - O5-3 (SGD3) lways Below 1 Ω SIG3 REPLCE FRONT SET WIRE RH C SIG3 Service Wire C110374E33
247 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM CHECK FRONT SET WIRE RH (SHORT) Front Seat Wire RH Disconnect the service wire from connector C. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance D C Rear Occupant Classification Sennsor LH B Occupant Classification ECU Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition O5-5 (SVC3) - O5-3 (SGD3) lways 1 MΩ or higher O5-9 (SIG3) - O5-3 (SGD3) lways 1 MΩ or higher O5-5 (SVC3) - O5-9 (SIG3) lways 1 MΩ or higher Connector B REPLCE FRONT SET WIRE RH SGD3 O5 SVC3 SIG3 C138022E08 6 CHECK FRONT SET WIRE RH (SHORT TO GROUND) Front Seat Wire RH Measure the resistance according to value(s) in the table below. Standard resistance Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition D C Rear Occupant Classification Sennsor LH B Occupant Classification ECU O5-3 (SGD3) - Body ground O5-5 (SVC3) - Body ground O5-9 (SIG3) - Body ground lways lways lways 1 MΩ or higher 1 MΩ or higher 1 MΩ or higher REPLCE FRONT SET WIRE RH Connector B SGD3 O5 SVC3 SIG3 C138022E08
248 290 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 7 CHECK DTC (e) (f) (g) Connect the connectors to the occupant classification ECU and the rear occupant classification sensor LH. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Clear the DTCs stored in the memory (See page - 257). First clear the DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor assembly. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Check the DTCs (See page -257). : DTC B1782 is not output. Codes other than DTC B1782 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 8 USE SIMULTION METHOD TO CHECK 8 REPLCE OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION ECU Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery. Replace the occupant classification ECU (See page - 407). Perform the inspection using parts from a normal vehicle if possible. NEXT 9 PERFORM ZERO POINT CLIBRTION Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Using the intelligent tester, perform "zero point calibration" (See page -250). : "COMPLETED" is displayed. Go to step 12
249 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK Using the intelligent tester, perform "sensitivity check" (See page -250). Standard values: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to lb) Go to step CHECK DTC (e) (f) Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Clear the DTCs stored in the memory (See page - 257). First clearthe DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor assembly. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Check the DTCs (See page -257). : DTC B1782 is not output. Codes other than DTC B1782 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 12 END 12 REPLCE FRONT SET SSEMBLY RH Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery. Replace the front seat assembly RH (See page SE-5). NEXT 13 PERFORM ZERO POINT CLIBRTION Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
250 292 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM Using the intelligent tester, perform "zero point calibration" (See page -250). : "COMPLETED" is displayed. NEXT 14 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK Using the intelligent tester, perform "sensitivity check" (See page -250). Standard values: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to lb) NEXT END
251 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 293 DTC B1783 Rear Occupant Classification Sensor RH Circuit Malfunction DESCRIPTION The rear occupant classification sensor RH circuit consists of the occupant classification ECU and the rear occupant classification sensor RH. DTC B1783 is recorded when a malfunction is detected in the rear occupant classification sensor RH circuit. DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Trouble rea B1783 The occupant classification ECU receives a line short circuit signal, an open circuit signal, a short circuit to ground signal or a short circuit to B+ signal in the rear occupant classification sensor RH circuit for 2 seconds. Rear occupant classification sensor RH malfunction Occupant classification ECU malfunction Front seat assembly RH (Rear occupant classification sensor RH) Occupant classification ECU Front seat wire RH When DTC B1650/32 is detected as a result of troubleshooting for "IRBG SYSTEM", check the DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU. When DTC B1783 is output, perform troubleshooting for the DTC. WIRI DIGRM O9 Rear Occupant Classification Sensor RH Occupant Classification ECU 6 SVC4 1 O5 SVC4 10 SIG4 2 O5 SIG4 4 SGD4 3 O5 SGD4 H043062E63
252 294 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM INSPECTION PROCEDURE If troubleshooting (wire harness inspection) is difficult to perform, remove the front passenger seat installation bolts to see the under surface of the seat cushion. In the above case, hold the seat so that it does not fall down. Holding the seat for a long period of time may cause a problem, such as seat rail deformation. Hold the seat only as necessary. 1 CHECK DTC (e) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Clear the DTCs stored in the memory (See page - 257). First clear the DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor assembly. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Check the DTCs (See page -257). : DTC B1783 is not output. Codes other than DTC B1783 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 2 USE SIMULTION METHOD TO CHECK 2 CHECK CONNECTION OF CONNECTO Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery. Check that the connectors are properly connected to the occupant classification ECU and the rear occupant classification sensor RH. : The connectors are properly connected. CONNECT CONNECTO PROPERLY, THEN GO TO STEP 1
253 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM CHECK FRONT SET WIRE RH (SHORT TO B+) Front Seat Wire RH D C Rear Occupant Classification Sensor RH SGD4 O5 B Connector B Occupant Classification ECU Disconnect the connectors from the occupant classification ECU and the rear occupant classification sensor RH. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition O5-4 (SGD4) - Body ground Ignition switch ON Below 1 V O5-6 (SVC4) - Body ground Ignition switch ON Below 1 V O5-10 (SIG4) - Body ground Ignition switch ON Below 1 V REPLCE FRONT SET WIRE RH SIG4 SVC4 C138022E09 4 CHECK FRONT SET WIRE RH (OPEN) Front Seat Wire RH D C Rear Occupant Classification Sensor RH Service Wire SVC4 Connector C O8 B SGD4 SGD4 Occupant Classification ECU Connector B O4 SVC4 Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery. Using a service wire, connect terminals 1 (SVC4) and 3 (SGD4), and connect terminals 2 (SIG4) and 3 (SGD4) of connector C. NOTICE: Do not forcibly insert a service wire into the terminals of the connector when connecting. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition O5-6 (SVC4) - O5-4 (SGD4) lways Below 1 Ω O5-10 (SIG4) - O5-4 (SGD4) lways Below 1 Ω C SIG4 SIG4 Service Wire C111709E02 REPLCE FRONT SET WIRE RH
254 296 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 5 CHECK FRONT SET WIRE RH (SHORT) Front Seat Wire RH Disconnect the service wire from connector C. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance D C Rear Occupant Classification Sensor RH B Occupant Classification ECU Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition O5-6 (SVC4) - O5-4 (SGD4) lways 1 MΩ or higher O5-10 (SIG4) - O5-4 (SGD4) lways 1 MΩ or higher O5-6 (SVC4) - O5-10 (SIG4) lways 1 MΩ or higher Connector B REPLCE FRONT SET WIRE RH SGD4 O5 SIG4 SVC4 C138022E09 6 CHECK FRONT SET WIRE RH (SHORT TO GROUND) Front Seat Wire RH Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition D C Rear Occupant Classification Sensor RH B Occupant Classification ECU O5-4 (SGD4) - Body ground O5-6 (SVC4) - Body ground O5-10 (SIG4) - Body ground lways lways lways 1 MΩ or higher 1 MΩ or higher 1 MΩ or higher REPLCE FRONT SET WIRE RH Connector B SGD4 O5 SIG4 SVC4 C138022E09
255 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM CHECK DTC (e) (f) (g) Connect the connectors to the occupant classification ECU and the rear occupant classification sensor RH. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Clear the DTCs stored in the memory (See page - 257). First clear the DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor assembly. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Check the DTCs (See page -257). : DTC B1783 is not output. Codes other than DTC B1783 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 8 USE SIMULTION METHOD TO CHECK 8 REPLCE OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION ECU Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery. Replace the occupant classification ECU (See page - 407). Perform the inspection using parts from a normal vehicle if possible. NEXT 9 PERFORM ZERO POINT CLIBRTION Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Using the intelligent tester, perform "zero point calibration" (See page -250). : "COMPLETED" is displayed. Go to step 12
256 298 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 10 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK Using the intelligent tester, perform "sensitivity check" (See page -250). Standard values: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to lb) Go to step CHECK DTC (e) (f) Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Clear the DTCs stored in the memory (See page - 257). First clear the DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor assembly. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Check the DTCs (See page -257). : DTC B1783 is not output. Codes other than DTC B1783 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 12 END 12 REPLCE FRONT SET SSEMBLY RH Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery. Replace the front seat assembly RH (See page SE-5). NEXT 13 PERFORM ZERO POINT CLIBRTION Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
257 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 299 Using the intelligent tester, perform "zero point calibration" (See page -250). : "COMPLETED" is displayed. NEXT 14 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK Using the intelligent tester, perform "sensitivity check" (See page -250). Standard values: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to lb) NEXT END
258 300 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM DTC B1785 Front Occupant Classification Sensor LH Collision Detection DESCRIPTION DTC B1785 is output when the occupant classification ECU receives a collision detection signal sent by the front occupant classification sensor LH if an accident occurs. DTC B1785 is also output when the front seat adjuster frame assembly RH is subjected to a strong impact, even if an actual accident does not occur. However, when the occupant classification ECU outputs a collision detection signal, even if the vehicle is not in a collision, DTC B1785 can be cleared by "zero point calibration" and "sensitivity check". Therefore, if DTC B1785 is output, first perform "zero point calibration" and "sensitivity check". DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Trouble rea B1785 When DTC B1650/32 is detected as a result of troubleshooting for "IRBG SYSTEM", check the DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU. When DTC B1785 is output, perform troubleshooting for the DTC. WIRI DIGRM See page INSPECTION PROCEDURE Front seat assembly RH malfunction Occupant classification ECU malfunction Front occupant classification sensor LH sensed large load Occupant classification ECU Front seat assembly RH (Front occupant classification sensor LH) 1 PERFORM ZERO POINT CLIBRTION Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Using the intelligent tester, perform "zero point calibration" (See page -250). : "COMPLETED" is displayed. Go to step 4 2 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK Using the intelligent tester, perform "sensitivity check" (See page -250). Standard values: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to lb) Go to step 4
259 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM CHECK DTC (e) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Clear the DTCs stored in the memory (See page - 257). First clear the DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor assembly. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Check the DTCs (See page -257). : DTC B1785 is not output. Codes other than DTC B1785 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 4 END 4 REPLCE FRONT SET SSEMBLY RH NEXT Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery. Replace the front seat assembly RH (See page SE-5 ). Perform the inspection using parts from a normal vehicle if possible. 5 PERFORM ZERO POINT CLIBRTION Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Using the intelligent tester, perform "zero point calibration" (See page -250). : "COMPLETED" is displayed. Go to step 8
260 302 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 6 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK Using the intelligent tester, perform "sensitivity check" (See page -250). Standard values: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to lb) Go to step 8 7 CHECK DTC (e) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Clear the DTCs stored in the memory (See page - 257). First clear the DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor assembly. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Check the DTCs (See page -257). : DTC B1785 is not output. Codes other than DTC B1785 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 8 END 8 REPLCE OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION ECU Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery. Replace the occupant classification ECU (See page - 407). NEXT 9 PERFORM ZERO POINT CLIBRTION Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Using the intelligent tester, perform "zero point calibration" (See page -250).
261 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 303 : "COMPLETED" is displayed. NEXT 10 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK NEXT Using the intelligent tester, perform "sensitivity check" (See page -250). Standard values: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to lb) END
262 304 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM DTC B1786 Front Occupant Classification Sensor RH Collision Detection DESCRIPTION DTC B1786 is output when the occupant classification ECU receives a collision detection signal sent by the front occupant classification sensor RH if an accident occurs. DTC B1786 is also output when the front seat adjuster frame assembly RH is subjected to a strong impact, even if an actual accident does not occur. However, when the occupant classification ECU outputs a collision detection signal, even if the vehicle is not in a collision, DTC B1786 can be cleared by "zero point calibration" and "sensitivity check". Therefore, if DTC B1786 is output, first perform "zero point calibration" and "sensitivity check". DTC No. DTC Detection Condition Trouble rea B1786 When DTC B1650/32 is detected as a result of troubleshooting for "IRBG SYSTEM", check the DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU. When DTC B1786 is output, perform troubleshooting for the DTC. WIRI DIGRM See page INSPECTION PROCEDURE Front seat assembly RH malfunction Occupant classification ECU malfunction Front occupant classification sensor RH sensed large load Occupant classification ECU Front seat assembly RH (Front occupant classification sensor RH) 1 PERFORM ZERO POINT CLIBRTION Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Using the intelligent tester, perform "zero point calibration" (See page -250). : "COMPLETED" is displayed. Go to step 4 2 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK Using the intelligent tester, perform "sensitivity check" (See page -250). Standard values: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to lb) Go to step 4
263 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM CHECK DTC (e) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Clear the DTCs stored in the memory (See page - 257). First clear the DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor assembly. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Check the DTCs (See page -257). : DTC B1786 is not output. Codes other than DTC B1786 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 4 END 4 REPLCE FRONT SET SSEMBLY RH Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery. Replace the front seat assembly RH (See page SE-5). Perform the inspection using parts from a normal vehicle if possible. NEXT 5 PERFORM ZERO POINT CLIBRTION Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Using the intelligent tester, perform "zero point calibration" (See page -250). : "COMPLETED" is displayed. Go to step 8
264 306 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 6 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK Using the intelligent tester, perform "sensitivity check" (See page -250). Standard values: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to lb) Go to step 8 7 CHECK DTC (e) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Clear the DTCs stored in the memory (See page - 257). First clear the DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor assembly. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Check the DTCs (See page -257). : DTC B1786 is not output. Codes other than DTC B1786 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 8 END 8 REPLCE OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION ECU Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery. Replace the occupant classification ECU (See page - 407). NEXT 9 PERFORM ZERO POINT CLIBRTION Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Using the intelligent tester, perform "zero point calibration" (See page -250).
265 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 307 : "COMPLETED" is displayed. NEXT 10 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK NEXT Using the intelligent tester, perform "sensitivity check" (See page -250). Standard values: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to lb) END
266 308 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM DTC B1787 Rear Occupant Classification Sensor LH Collision Detection DESCRIPTION DTC B1787 is output when the occupant classification ECU receives a collision detection signal sent by the rear occupant classification sensor LH if an accident occurs. DTC B1787 is also output when the front seat adjuster frame assembly RH is subjected to a strong impact, even if an actual accident does not occur. However, when the occupant classification ECU outputs a collision detection signal, even if the vehicle is not in a collision, DTC B1787 can be cleared by "zero point calibration" and "sensitivity check". Therefore, if DTC B1787 is output, first perform "zero point calibration" and "sensitivity check". DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Trouble rea B1787 When DTC B1650/32 is detected as a result of troubleshooting for "IRBG SYSTEM", check the DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU. When DTC B1787 is output, perform troubleshooting for the DTC. WIRI DIGRM See page INSPECTION PROCEDURE Front seat assembly RH malfunction Occupant classification ECU malfunction Rear occupant classification sensor LH sensed large load Occupant classification ECU Front seat assembly RH (Rear occupant classification sensor LH) 1 PERFORM ZERO POINT CLIBRTION Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Using the intelligent tester, perform "zero point calibration" (See page -250). : "COMPLETED" is displayed. Go to step 4 2 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK Using the intelligent tester, perform "sensitivity check" (See page -250). Standard values: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to lb) Go to step 4
267 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM CHECK DTC (e) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Clear the DTCs stored in the memory (See page - 257). First clear the DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor assembly. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Check the DTCs (See page -257). : DTC B1787 is not output. Codes other than DTC B1787 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 4 END 4 REPLCE FRONT SET SSEMBLY RH Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery. Replace the front seat assembly RH (See page SE-5). Perform the inspection using parts from a normal vehicle if possible. NEXT 5 PERFORM ZERO POINT CLIBRTION Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Using the intelligent tester, perform "zero point calibration" (See page -250). : "COMPLETED" is displayed. Go to step 8
268 310 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 6 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK Using the intelligent tester, perform "sensitivity check" (See page -250). Standard values: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to lb) Go to step 8 7 CHECK DTC (e) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Clear the DTCs stored in the memory (See page - 257). First clear the DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor assembly. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Check the DTCs (See page -257). : DTC B1787 is not output. Codes other than DTC B1787 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 8 END 8 REPLCE OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION ECU Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery. Replace the occupant classification ECU (See page - 407). NEXT 9 PERFORM ZERO POINT CLIBRTION Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Using the intelligent tester, perform "zero point calibration" (See page -250).
269 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 311 : "COMPLETED" is displayed. NEXT 10 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK NEXT Using the intelligent tester, perform "sensitivity check" (See page -250). Standard values: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to lb) END
270 312 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM DTC B1788 Rear Occupant Classification Sensor RH Collision Detection DESCRIPTION DTC B1788 is output when the occupant classification ECU receives a collision detection signal sent by the rear occupant classification sensor RH if an accident occurs. DTC B1788 is also output when the front seat adjuster frame assembly RH is subjected to a strong impact, even if an actual accident does not occur. However, when the occupant classification ECU outputs a collision detection signal, even if the vehicle is not in a collision, DTC B1788 can be cleared by "zero point calibration" and "sensitivity check". Therefore, if DTC B1788 is output, first perform "zero point calibration" and "sensitivity check". DTC No. DTC Detection Condition Trouble rea B1788 When DTC B1650/32 is detected as a result of troubleshooting for "IRBG SYSTEM", check the DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU. When DTC B1788 is output, perform troubleshooting for the DTC. WIRI DIGRM See page INSPECTION PROCEDURE Front seat assembly RH malfunction Occupant classification ECU malfunction Rear occupant classification sensor RH sensed large load Occupant classification ECU Front seat assembly RH (Rear occupant classification sensor RH) 1 PERFORM ZERO POINT CLIBRTION Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Using the intelligent tester, perform "zero point calibration" (See page -250). : "COMPLETED" is displayed. Go to step 4 2 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK Using the intelligent tester, perform "sensitivity check" (See page -250). Standard values: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to lb) Go to step 4
271 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM CHECK DTC (e) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Clear the DTCs stored in the memory (See page - 257). First clear the DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor assembly. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Check the DTCs (See page -257). : DTC B1788 is not output. Codes other than DTC B1788 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 4 END 4 REPLCE FRONT SET SSEMBLY RH Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery. Replace the front seat assembly RH (See page SE-5). Perform the inspection using parts from a normal vehicle if possible. NEXT 5 PERFORM ZERO POINT CLIBRTION Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Using the intelligent tester, perform "zero point calibration" (See page -250). : "COMPLETED" is displayed. Go to step 8
272 314 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 6 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK Using the intelligent tester, perform "sensitivity check" (See page -250). Standard values: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to lb) Go to step 8 7 CHECK DTC (e) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Clear the DTCs stored in the memory (See page - 257). First clear the DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor assembly. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Check the DTCs (See page -257). : DTC B1788 is not output. Codes other than DTC B1788 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 8 END 8 REPLCE OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION ECU Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery. Replace the occupant classification ECU (See page - 407). NEXT 9 PERFORM ZERO POINT CLIBRTION Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Using the intelligent tester, perform "zero point calibration" (See page -250).
273 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 315 : "COMPLETED" is displayed. NEXT 10 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK NEXT Using the intelligent tester, perform "sensitivity check" (See page -250). Standard values: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to lb) END
274 316 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM DTC B1790 Center irbag Sensor ssembly Communication Circuit Malfunction DESCRIPTION The center airbag sensor assembly communication circuit consists of the occupant classification ECU and the center airbag sensor assembly. DTC B1790 is recorded when a malfunction is detected in the center airbag sensor assembly communication circuit. DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Trouble rea B1790 The occupant classification ECU receives a line short circuit signal, an open circuit signal, a short circuit to ground signal or a short circuit to B+ signal in the center airbag sensor assembly communication circuit for 2 seconds. Center airbag sensor assembly malfunction Occupant classification ECU malfunction Occupant classification ECU Center airbag sensor assembly Floor wire No. 2 When DTC B1650/32 is detected as a result of troubleshooting for the IRBG SYSTEM, check the DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU. When DTC B1790 is output, perform troubleshooting for the DTC.
275 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 317 WIRI DIGRM O4 Occupant Classification ECU Center irbag Sensor ssembly FSR FSP FSR- FSP- H041710E29 INSPECTION PROCEDURE If troubleshooting (wire harness inspection) is difficult to perform, remove the front passenger seat installation bolts to see the under surface of seat cushion. In the above case, hold the seat so that it does not fall down. Holding the seat for a long period of time may cause a problem, such as seat rail deformation. Hold the seat only as necessary. 1 CHECK DTC (e) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (See page -257). First clear DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor assembly. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Check the DTCs (See page -257).
276 318 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM : DTC B1790 is not output. Codes other than DTC B1790 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 2 USE SIMULTION METHOD TO CHECK 2 CHECK CONNECTION OF CONNECTO Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery. Check that the connectors are properly connected to the occupant classification ECU and the center airbag sensor assembly. : The connectors are connected. CONNECT CONNECTO PROPERLY, THEN GO TO STEP 1 3 CHECK FLOOR WIRE NO. 2 (SHORT TO B+) Floor Wire No. 2 D C Occupant Classification ECU B Connector C Center irbag Sensor ssembly Disconnect the connectors from the occupant classification ECU and the center airbag sensor assembly. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition O4-8 (FSR+) - Body ground Ignition switch ON Below 1 V O4-4 (FSR-) - Body ground Ignition switch ON Below 1 V O4 FSR- REPLCE FLOOR WIRE NO. 2 C FSR+ C123686E03
277 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM CHECK FLOOR WIRE NO. 2 (OPEN) D C Occupant Classification ECU Connector C O4 B Floor Wire No. 2 Center irbag Sensor ssembly Connector B 13 Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Using a service wire, connect terminals 16 (FSP+) and 24 (FSP-) of connector C. NOTICE: Do not forcibly insert a service wire into the terminals of the connector when connecting. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition O4-8 (FSR+) - O4-4 (FSR-) lways Below 1 Ω REPLCE FLOOR WIRE NO. 2 C FSR+ FSP- Service Wire C111917E03 5 CHECK FLOOR WIRE NO. 2 (SHORT) Floor Wire No. 2 D C Occupant Classification ECU B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Disconnect the service wire from connector C. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition O4-8 (FSR+) - O4-4 (FSR-) lways 1 MΩ or higher REPLCE FLOOR WIRE NO. 2 Connector C O4 FSR- FSP+ FSR- C FSR+ C123686E03
278 320 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 6 CHECK FLOOR WIRE NO. 2 (SHORT TO GROUND) Floor Wire No. 2 Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance D C Occupant Classification ECU B Center irbag Sensor ssembly Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition O4-8 (FSR+) - Body ground lways 1 MΩ or higher O4-4 (FSR-) - Body ground lways 1 MΩ or higher REPLCE FLOOR WIRE NO. 2 Connector C O4 FSR- C FSR+ C123686E03 7 CHECK DTC (e) (f) (g) Connect the connectors to the occupant classification ECU and the center airbag sensor assembly. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (See page -257). First clear DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor assembly. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Check the DTCs (See page -257). : DTC B1790 is not output. Codes other than DTC B1790 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 8 USE SIMULTION METHOD TO CHECK
279 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM REPLCE OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION ECU Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery. Replace the occupant classification ECU (See page - 407). Perform the inspection using parts from a normal vehicle if possible. NEXT 9 PERFORM ZERO POINT CLIBRTION Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Using the intelligent tester, perform "zero point calibration" (See page -250). : "COMPLETED" is displayed. NEXT 10 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK Using the intelligent tester, perform "sensitivity check" (See page -250). Standard value: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to lb) NEXT 11 CHECK DTC (e) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (See page -257). First clear DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor assembly. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Check the DTCs (See page -257). : DTC B1790 is not output. Codes other than DTC B1790 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. REPLCE CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY
280 322 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM END
281 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 323 DTC B1793 Occupant Classification Sensor Power Supply Circuit Malfunction DESCRIPTION The occupant classification sensor power supply circuit consists of the occupant classification ECU and the occupant classification sensors. DTC B1793 is recorded when a malfunction is detected in the occupant classification sensor power supply circuit. DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Trouble rea B1793 The occupant classification ECU receives a line short circuit signal, an open circuit signal, a short circuit to ground signal or a short circuit to B+ signal in the occupant classification sensor power supply circuit for 2 seconds. Occupant classification ECU malfunction Front seat assembly RH (Occupant classification sensors) Occupant classification ECU Front seat wire RH When DTC B1650/23 is detected as a result of troubleshooting for "IRBG SYSTEM", check the DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU. When DTC B1793 is output, perform troubleshooting for the DTC.
282 324 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM WIRI DIGRM O9 Rear Occupant Classification Sensor RH Occupant Classification ECU 1 6 O5 SVC4 O8 Front Occupant Classification Sensor RH 12 1 O5 SVC2 O7 Rear Occupant Classification Sensor LH 5 1 O5 SVC3 O6 Front Occupant Classification Sensor LH 1 11 O5 SVC1 H043061E16 INSPECTION PROCEDURE If troubleshooting (wire harness inspection) is difficult to perform, remove the front passenger seat installation bolts to see the under surface of the seat cushion. In the above case, hold the seat so that it does not fall down. Holding the seat for a long period of time may cause a problem, such as seat rail deformation. Hold the seat only as necessary. 1 CHECK DTC (e) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Clear the DTCs stored in the memory (See page - 257). First clear the DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor assembly. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Check the DTCs (See page -257).
283 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 325 : DTC B1793 is not output. Codes other than DTC B1793 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 2 USE SIMULTION METHOD TO CHECK 2 CHECK CONNECTION OF CONNECTO Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Check that the connectors are properly connected to the occupant classification ECU and the occupant classification sensors. : The connectors are properly connected. CONNECT CONNECTO PROPERLY, THEN GO TO STEP 1 3 CHECK FRONT SET WIRE RH (SHORT TO B+) O5 SVC3 SVC1 SVC4 SVC2 H043111E46 Disconnect the connectors from the occupant classification ECU and the 4 occupant classification sensors. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition O5-5 (SVC3) - Body ground Ignition switch ON Below 1 V O5-6 (SVC4) - Body ground Ignition switch ON Below 1 V O5-11 (SVC1) - Body ground Ignition switch ON Below 1 V O5-12 (SVC2) - Body ground Ignition switch ON Below 1 V REPLCE FRONT SET WIRE RH
284 326 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 4 CHECK FRONT SET WIRE RH (SHORT TO GROUND) O5 SVC3 SVC4 SVC2 Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance SVC1 H043111E46 Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition O5-5 (SVC3) - Body ground lways 1 MΩ or higher O5-6 (SVC4) - Body ground lways 1 MΩ or higher O5-11 (SVC1) - Body ground lways 1 MΩ or higher O5-12 (SVC2) - Body ground lways 1 MΩ or higher REPLCE FRONT SET WIRE RH 5 CHECK FRONT SET WIRE RH (OPEN) O5 SVC3 SVC4 Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition SVC2 O5-5 (SVC3) - O7-1 (SVC3) lways Below 1 Ω SVC1 H043111E46 O5-6 (SVC4) - O9-1 (SVC4) O5-11 (SVC1) - O6-1 (SVC1) lways lways Below 1 Ω Below 1 Ω O5-12 (SVC2) - O8-1 (SVC2) lways Below 1 Ω REPLCE FRONT SET WIRE RH
285 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM CHECK FRONT SET WIRE RH (SHORT) O5 SVC3 SVC4 Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition SVC2 O5-5 (SVC3) - O5-6 (SVC4) lways 1 MΩ or higher SVC1 H043111E46 O5-6 (SVC4) - O5-11 (SVC1) O5-11 (SVC1) - O5-12 (SVC2) lways lways 1 MΩ or higher 1 MΩ or higher O5-12 (SVC2) - O5-5 (SVC3) lways 1 MΩ or higher O5-12 (SVC2) - O5-6 (SVC4) lways 1 MΩ or higher O5-11 (SVC1) - O5-5 (SVC3) lways 1 MΩ or higher REPLCE FRONT SET WIRE RH 7 CHECK DTC (e) (f) (g) Connect the connectors to the occupant classification ECU and the 4 occupant classification sensors. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Clear the DTCs stored in the memory (See page - 257). First clear the DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor assembly. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Check the DTCs (See page -257). : DTC B1793 is not output. Codes other than DTC B1793 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 8 USE SIMULTION METHOD TO CHECK
286 328 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 8 REPLCE OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION ECU Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery. Replace the occupant classification ECU (See page - 407). Perform the inspection using parts from a normal vehicle if possible. NEXT 9 PERFORM ZERO POINT CLIBRTION Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Using the intelligent tester, perform "zero point calibration" (See page -250). : "COMPLETED" is displayed. Go to step PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK Using the intelligent tester, perform "sensitivity check" (See page -250). Standard values: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to lb) Go to step CHECK DTC (e) (f) Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Clear the DTCs stored in the memory (See page - 257). First clear the DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor assembly. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Check the DTCs (See page -257). : DTC B1793 is not output.
287 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 329 Codes other than DTC B1793 may be output at this time, but they are related to this check. END Go to step REPLCE FRONT SET SSEMBLY RH Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery. Replace the front seat assembly RH (See page SE-5). NEXT 13 PERFORM ZERO POINT CLIBRTION Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Using the intelligent tester, perform "zero point calibration" (See page -250). : "COMPLETED" is displayed. NEXT 14 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK Using the intelligent tester, perform "sensitivity check" (See page -250). Standard values: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to lb) NEXT END
288 330 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM DTC B1794 Open in Occupant Classification ECU Battery Positive Line DESCRIPTION This circuit consists of the occupant classification ECU and the power source circuit (battery, fuse, wire harness). DTC B1794 is recorded when a malfunction is detected in the occupant classification ECU or the power source circuit. When DTC B1794 is output after switching the ignition switch LOCK-ON-LOCK 50 times in a row when a malfunction occurs in the power circuit for the occupant classification system, the DTC is output again when a malfunction is detected even once after being cleared, unless the normal system code is input. DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Trouble rea B1794 When DTC B1650/32 is detected as a result of troubleshooting for the IRBG SYSTEM, check the DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU. When DTC B1794 is output, perform troubleshooting for the DTC. WIRI DIGRM The ignition switch is turned from LOCK to ON, hold for 10 seconds or more, and back to LOCK again 50 times in a row when a malfunction occurs in the power circuit for the occupant classification system. Occupant classification ECU malfunction Battery ECU-B Fuse Floor wire No. 2 Occupant classification ECU DCC ECU-B +B M2 Ignition Switch IG2 IG FL MIN GND Occupant Classification ECU C145360E01
289 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 331 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 CHECK BTTERY Measure the voltage of the battery. Standard voltage: 11 to 14 V REPLCE BTTERY 2 CHECK FUSE Check the ECU-B fuse. Standard resistance: Below 1 Ω REPLCE FUSE 3 CHECK HRNESS ND CONNECTOR (OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION ECU - BTTERY) +B IG O4 GND H043112E20 (e) (f) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Disconnect the connector from the occupant classification ECU. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition O4-1 (+B) - Body ground Ignition switch ON 10 to 14 V O4-7 (IG) - Body ground Ignition switch ON 10 to 14 V (g) (h) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the Standard resistance Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition O4-3 (GND) - Body ground lways Below 1 Ω REPLCE HRNESS OR CONNECTOR
290 332 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 4 CHECK DTC (e) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Clear the DTCs stored in memory (See page -257). First clear DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor assembly. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 10 seconds. Using the intelligent tester, check the DTCs of the occupant classification ECU (See page -257). : DTC B1794 is not output. Codes other than code B1794 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 5 USE SIMULTION METHOD TO CHECK 5 REPLCE OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION ECU Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery, and wait for at least 90 seconds. Replace the occupant classification ECU (See page - 407). NEXT 6 PERFORM ZERO POINT CLIBRTION Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Using the intelligent tester, perform "zero point calibration" (See page -250). : "COMPLETED" is displayed. NEXT 7 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK Using the intelligent tester, perform "sensitivity check" (See page -250).
291 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 333 Standard value: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to lb) NEXT END
292 334 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM DTC B1795 Occupant Classification ECU Malfunction DESCRIPTION DTC B1795 is recorded when a malfunction is detected in the occupant classification ECU. Troubleshoot DTC B1771 first when the DTCs B1771 and B1795 are output simultaneously. DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Trouble rea B1795 The occupant classification ECU receives the ignition switch LOCK to ON signal 50 times in a row when a malfunction occurs in the power circuit for the occupant classification ECU (LOCK to ON to LOCK should be counted as 1 time). Occupant classification ECU circuit malfunction The occupant classification ECU receives a short circuit to ground signal in the passenger side buckle switch circuit for 2 seconds. Occupant classification ECU malfunction Battery ECU-B Fuse Floor wire No. 2 Front seat inner belt assembly RH (Passenger side buckle switch) Occupant classification ECU When DTC B1650/32 is detected as a result of troubleshooting for "IRBG SYSTEM", check the DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU. When DTC B1795 is output, perform troubleshooting for the DTC. WIRI DIGRM DCC ECU-B +B M2 Ignition Switch IG2 IG FL MIN GND Occupant Classification ECU C145360E01
293 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 335 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 CHECK DTC Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 10 seconds. Check for DTCs (See page -257). Result: : DTCs B1771 and B1795 are output. B: DTC B1795 is output. Codes other than DTCs B1771 and B1795 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. GO TO DTC B1771 B 2 CHECK FUSE Measure the resistance of the ECU-B fuse. Standard resistance: Below 1 Ω REPLCE FUSE 3 CHECK HRNESS ND CONNECTOR (OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION ECU - BTTERY) +B IG O4 GND H043112E20 (e) (f) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery. Disconnect the connector from the occupant classification ECU. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the Standard voltage Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition O4-1 (+B) - Body ground lways 10 to 14 V O4-7 (IG) - Body ground Ignition switch ON 10 to 14 V (g) (h) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
294 336 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM Standard resistance Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition O4-3 (GND) - Body ground lways Below 1 Ω REPLCE HRNESS OR CONNECTOR 4 REPLCE OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION ECU Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery. Replace the occupant classification ECU (See page - 407). NEXT 5 PERFORM ZERO POINT CLIBRTION Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Using the intelligent tester, perform "zero point calibration" (See page -250). : "COMPLETED" is displayed. NEXT 6 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK Using the intelligent tester, perform "sensitivity check" (See page -250). Standard values: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to lb) NEXT END
295 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 337 DTC B1796 Sleep Operation Failure of Occupant Classification ECU DESCRIPTION During sleep mode, the occupant classification ECU reads the condition of each sensor while the ignition switch is off. In this mode, if the occupant classification ECU detects an internal malfunction, DTC B1796 is output. DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Trouble rea B1796 Occupant classification ECU malfunction Occupant classification ECU When DTC B1650/32 is detected as a result of troubleshooting for "IRBG SYSTEM", check the DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU. When DTC B1796 is output, perform troubleshooting for the DTC. INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 CHECK DTC (e) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Clear the DTCs stored in the memory (See page - 257). First clear for DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor assembly. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position, and wait for at least 10 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Check the DTCs (See page -257). : DTC B1796 is not output. Codes other than DTC B1796 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Go to step 2 USE SIMULTION METHOD TO CHECK 2 REPLCE OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION ECU Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery. Replace the occupant classification ECU (See page - 407). NEXT
296 338 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 3 PERFORM ZERO POINT CLIBRTION Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Using the intelligent tester, perform "zero point calibration" (See page -250). : "COMPLETED" is displayed. NEXT 4 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK Using the intelligent tester, perform "sensitivity check" (See page -250). Standard values: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to lb) NEXT END
297 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 339 Trouble in Passenger irbag ON / OFF Indicator DESCRIPTION The occupant classification system detects the front passenger seat condition. It then informs a passenger of the front passenger airbag assembly and front seat side airbag assembly RH condition (activated/not activated) by the passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator. pproximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, the passenger airbag ON/ OFF indicator will be ON/OFF depending on the conditions listed below. Front Passenger Seat Passenger irbag ON/OFF Indicator Condition ON Indicator OFF Indicator S Warning Light dult is seated. ON OFF OFF Child is seated. OFF ON OFF Vacant OFF OFF OFF Occupant classification system failure OFF ON ON INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 CHECK S WRNI LIGHT Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and check the S warning light condition. If this trouble occurs, the S warning light is off. If the light is on, a DTC is output. Troubleshoot for the output DTC. : fter the primary check period, S warning light goes off. The primary check period is approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON. GO TO DTC CHRT 2 PERFORM ZERO POINT CLIBRTION Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Using the intelligent tester, perform "zero point calibration" (See page -250). : "COMPLETE" is displayed. Go to step 4
298 340 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM 3 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK Using the intelligent tester, perform "sensitivity check" (See page -250). Standard values: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to lb) Go to step 4 END 4 RETIGHTEN FRONT SET SSEMBLY RH BOLT NEXT Loosen the 4 installation bolts of the front seat assembly RH. Tighten the 4 installation bolts of the front seat assembly RH to the specified torque. Torque: 42 N*m (430 kgf*cm, 31 ft.*lbf) 5 PERFORM ZERO POINT CLIBRTION Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Using the intelligent tester, perform "zero point calibration" (See page -250). : "COMPLETE" is displayed. Go to step 7 6 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK Using the intelligent tester, perform "sensitivity check" (See page -250). Standard values: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to lb) Go to step 7 END
299 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM RED VLUE OF DT LIST Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Using the intelligent tester, read the DT LIST (See page SB-5). Read the the display when the passenger side buckle switch is operated. Tester Display Measurement Item/Range Normal Condition Diagnostic Note P BUCKLE SW Passenger Buckle SW/ UNSET: The seat belt is not fastened SET: The seat belt is fastened : Data is not determined UNSET/SET - : The tester display changes correctly in accordance with the operation of the buckle switch. REPLCE FRONT SET INNER BELT SSEMBLY RH 8 CHECK CONNECTO (e) Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery. Check that the connectors are properly connected to the occupant classification ECU and the 4 occupant classification sensors. : The connectors are properly connected. If the connectors are not connected securely, reconnect the connectors and proceed to the next inspection. Disconnect the connectors from the occupant classification ECU and the 4 occupant classification sensors. Check that the connectors are not damaged or deformed. : The connectors are normal. REPIR OR REPLCE CONNECTO, THEN GO TO STEP 1 9 CHECK DTC Connect the connectors to the occupant classification ECU and the 4 occupant classification sensors. Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery.
300 342 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM (e) (f) (g) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Clear the DTCs stored in the memory (See page - 257). Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and wait for at least 60 seconds. Check the DTCs (See page -257). : DTC is not output. REPLCE CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY 10 REPLCE OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION ECU Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery. Replace the occupant classification ECU (See page - 407). Perform the inspection using parts from a normal vehicle if possible. NEXT 11 PERFORM ZERO POINT CLIBRTION Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Using the intelligent tester, perform "zero point calibration" (See page -250). : "COMPLETE" is displayed. NEXT 12 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK Using the intelligent tester, perform "sensitivity check" (See page -250). Standard values: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to lb) Go to step 13 END
301 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION SYSTEM REPLCE FRONT SET SSEMBLY RH Disconnect the negative (-) terminal cable from the battery. Replace the front seat assembly RH (See page SE-5). NEXT 14 ZERO POINT CLIBRTION Connect the negative (-) terminal cable to the battery. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Using the intelligent tester, perform zero point calibration (See page -250). : "COMPLETE" is displayed. NEXT 15 SENSITIVITY CHECK Using the intelligent tester, perform "sensitivity check" (See page -250). Standard values: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to lb) NEXT END
302 STEERI PD RESTRINTS SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM COMPONENTS SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM STEERI PD 341 STEERI PD SSEMBLY 8.8 (90, 78 in.*lbf) without STEERI PD SWITCH: 8.8 (90, 78 in.*lbf) STEERI PD SSEMBLY N*m (kgf*cm, ft*lbf) : Specified torque C147166E01
303 342 with STEERI PD SWITCH: SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM STEERI PD ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION 1. CHECK STEERI PD SSEMBLY (VEHICLE NOT INVOLVED IN COLLISION ND IRBG NOT DEPLOYED) Perform a diagnostic system check (see page - 18). With the steering pad installed on the vehicle, perform a visual check. If there are any defects as mentioned below, replace the steering pad with a new one: Cuts, minute cracks or marked discoloration on the steering pad top surface or in the grooved portion. without STEERI PD SWITCH: C147167E01
304 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM STEERI PD CHECK STEERI PD SSEMBLY (VEHICLE INVOLVED IN COLLISION ND IRBG NOT DEPLOYED) with STEERI PD SWITCH: without STEERI PD SWITCH: Horn Button Contact Plate Horn Button Contact Plate C148109E01 Perform a diagnostic system check (see page - 18). With the steering pad removed from the vehicle, perform a visual check. If there are any defects as mentioned below, replace the steering pad or steering wheel assembly with a new one: Cuts, minute cracks or marked discoloration on the steering pad top surface or in the grooved portion. Cracks or other damage to the connectors. Deformation of the steering wheel assembly. Deformation of the horn button contact plate of the steering pad.
305 344 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM STEERI PD There should be no interference between the steering pad and steering wheel assembly, and the clearance should be uniform all the way around when the new steering pad is installed on the steering wheel assembly. Horn Button Contact Plate CUTION: Be sure to follow the correct removal and installation procedures.
306 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM STEERI PD 345 with STEERI PD SWITCH: TORX Screw Screw Case REMOVL 1. PRECUTION CUTION: Be sure to read "PRECUTION" thoroughly before servicing (See page -1). 2. DISCONNECT CBLE FROM NEGTIVE BTTERY TERMINL CUTION: Work must be started at least 90 seconds after the ignition switch is turned off and after the cable is disconnected from the negative (-) battery terminal. 3. REMOVE STEERI PD SSEMBLY Using a "TORX" socket (T30), loosen the 2 "TORX" screws until the groove along the screw circumference catches on the screw case. without STEERI PD SWITCH: TORX Screw Screw Case C147170E01
307 346 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM STEERI PD with STEERI PD SWITCH: without STEERI PD SWITCH: (e) Pull out the steering pad from the steering wheel assembly and support the steering pad with one hand. NOTICE: When removing the steering pad, do not pull the airbag wire harness. Disconnect the horn connector from the steering pad. Disconnect the 2 airbag connectors and remove the steering pad. CUTION: When handling the airbag connector, take care not to damage the airbag wire harness. Remove the steering pad. with STEERI PD SWITCH: without STEERI PD SWITCH: C147171E01 C147171E01 INSTLLTION 1. INSTLL STEERI PD SSEMBLY Check that the ignition switch is in the OFF position. Check that the battery negative (-) cable is disconnected. CUTION: Work must be started at least 90 seconds after the engine switch is turned off and after the cable is disconnected from the negative (-) battery terminal. Support the steering pad with one hand. Connect the 2 airbag connectors to the steering pad. NOTICE: When handling the airbag connector, take care not to damage the airbag wire harness. (e) Connect the horn connector to the steering pad. (f) Confirm that the circumference groove of the "TORX" screw fits in the screw case, and place the steering pad onto the steering wheel assembly. (g) Using a "TORX" socket (T30), tighten the 2 "TORX" screws. Torque: 8.8 N*m (90 kgf*cm, 78 in.*lbf) 2. CONNECT CBLE TO NEGTIVE BTTERY TERMINL 3. PERFORM INITILIZTION Perform initialization (see page IN-23). Some systems need initialization after reconnecting the cable to the negative battery terminal.
308 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM STEERI PD INSPECT STEERI PD SSEMBLY With the steering pad installed on the vehicle, perform a visual check. If there are any defects as mentioned below, replace the steering pad with a new one: Cuts, minute cracks or marked discoloration on the steering pad top surface or in the grooved portion. Make sure that the horn sounds. If the horn does not sound, inspect the horn system (See page HO-3). 5. INSPECT S WRNI LIGHT Inspect the S warning light (see page -11).
309 348 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM STEERI PD DISPOSL SST C110371E09 When scrapping a vehicle equipped with an S or disposing of the steering pad, be sure to deploy the airbag first in accordance with the procedure described below. If any abnormality occurs with the airbag deployment, contact the SERVICE DEPT. of TOYOT MOTOR SLES, U.S.., INC. CUTION: Never dispose of a steering pad with an unactivated airbag. The airbag produces a loud, exploding sound when it activates. Perform the operation where it will not be a nuisance to people nearby. When activating the airbag, always use the specified SST (S airbag deployment tool). Perform procedures in a place away from electrical interference. When activating the airbag, stand at least 10 m (33 ft.) away from the steering pad. The steering pad becomes very hot when the airbag is deployed. Do not touch it for at least 30 minutes after activation. Use gloves and safety glasses when handling a steering pad with a deployed airbag. Do not apply water to a steering pad with a deployed airbag. lways wash your hands with water after completing the operation. n airbag or pretensioner may be activated by static electricity. To prevent this, be sure to touch a metal surface with bare hands to discharge static electricity before performing this procedure. 1. DISPOSE OF STEERI PD SSEMBLY TOGETHER WITH VEHICLE Prepare a battery as the power source to deploy the airbag. Check if SST is functioning properly. SST SST C110371E09
310 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM STEERI PD 349 SST Battery (1) Connect the SST's red clip to the positive (+) battery terminal and the black clip to the negative (-) battery terminal. The yellow connector will be used to connect to another SST in a later step. C110372E05 SST C110475E03 (2) Press the SST activation switch, and check that the LED of the SST activation switch illuminates. CUTION: If the LED illuminates when the activation switch is not pressed, SST may have a malfunction, in which case that SST should not be used. (3) Disconnect SST from the battery. Follow the "Precaution" (see page -1). Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal. CUTION: Wait at least 90 seconds after disconnecting the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal to prevent airbag and seat belt pretensioner activation. Remove the steering column cover lower. (1) Turn the steering wheel to the right and left as necessary to remove the 2 screws. (2) Remove the screw and cover lower. H043327
311 350 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM STEERI PD SST () SST (B) C148108E01 SST 10 m or more C148106E01 (e) Install SST. CUTION: Check that there is no free play in the steering wheel and steering pad. (1) Disconnect the yellow airbag connector from the spiral cable. NOTICE: When handling the airbag connector, do not damage the airbag wire harness. (2) Connect SST () to SST (B). Then connect SST (B)'s connector to the spiral cable. SST , NOTICE: To avoid damaging the SST connector and wire harness, do not lock the secondary lock of the twin lock. (3) Move SST at least 10 m (33 ft.) away from the front side window. (4) Maintain a small opening in the front side window for the SST wire harness. Close the remaining windows of the vehicle. Close all doors. NOTICE: Take care not do damage the SST wire harness. (5) Connect the SST red clip to the positive (+) battery terminal and the black clip to the negative (-) battery terminal. (f) Deploy the airbag. (1) Check that no one is inside the vehicle or within a 10 m (33 ft.) radius of the vehicle. (2) Press the SST activation switch and deploy the airbag. CUTION: When deploying the airbag, make sure that no one is near the vehicle. The steering pad becomes extremely hot when the airbag is deployed. Do not touch it for at least 30 minutes after deployment. Use gloves and safety glasses when handling a steering pad with a deployed airbag. Do not apply water to a steering pad with a deployed airbag. lways wash your hands with water after completing the operation. The airbag is deployed as the SST activation switch LED illuminates. 2. DISPOSE OF ONLY STEERI PD SSEMBLY NOTICE: When disposing of the steering pad, never use the customer's vehicle to deploy the airbag.
312 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM STEERI PD 351 SST C110371E09 Be sure to follow the procedure detailed below when deploying the airbag. Prepare a battery as the power source to deploy the airbag. Check if SST is functioning properly (see previous step). Remove the steering pad (see page -344). CUTION: When removing the steering pad, work must be started 90 seconds after the ignition switch is turned OFF and after the cable is disconnected from the negative (-) battery terminal. When storing the steering pad, keep the airbag deployment side facing upward. Using service wire harnesses for the vehicle, tie down the steering pad to a disc wheel (with tire). Wire harness: Stripped wire harness section 1.25 mm 2 or more ( in. 2 or more) NOTICE: Use a disc wheel (with tire) that you are planning to throw away, as the airbag deployment will damage the disc wheel. CUTION: Do not use wire harnesses that are too thin or any other substitute items to tie down the steering pad. They may snap when the airbag deploys. lways use vehicle wire harnesses that have an area of at least 1.25 mm 2 or more ( in. 2 ). To calculate the area of the stripped wire harness section: rea = 3.14 x Diameter 2 /4 Wire Harness Diameter Stripped Wire Harness Section B104882E13
313 352 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM STEERI PD with STEERI PD SWITCH: without STEERI PD SWITCH: (1) Install the 2 bolts with washers into the 2 bolt holes of the steering pad. Bolt: L: 35.0 mm (1.378 in.) M: 6.0 mm (0.236 in.) Pitch: 1.0 mm (0.039 in.) NOTICE: Tighten the bolts by hand until they become difficult to turn. Do not tighten the bolts excessively. C147172E01 with STEERI PD SWITCH: SST (2) fter connecting SST to each other, connect them to the steering pad. SST ( , ) without STEERI PD SWITCH: SST C147173E01
314 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM STEERI PD 353 with STEERI PD SWITCH: (3) Wind 3 wire harnesses at least twice around the bolts installed on the left and right sides of the steering pad. 2 times or more 2 times or more C147174E01 without STEERI PD SWITCH: 2 times or more CUTION: Tightly wind the wire harnesses around the bolts so that there is no slack. Make sure that the wire harnesses are tight. If there is slack in a wire harness, the steering pad may come loose when the airbag is deployed. 2 times or more H044984E04 H (4) Face the airbag deployment side of the steering pad upward. Separately tie the left and right sides of the steering pad to a disc wheel through the hub nut holes. Position the SST connector so that it hangs downward through the hub hole in the disc wheel. CUTION: Make sure that the wire harnesses are tight. If there is slack in a wire harness, the steering pad may come loose when the airbag is deployed.
315 354 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM STEERI PD SST H044986E04 lways tie down the steering pad with the airbag deployment side facing upward. Install SST. CUTION: Place the tire with disc wheel and steering pad on a level surface. (1) Connect the connector of SST. SST NOTICE: To avoid damaging the SST connector and wire harness, do not lock the secondary lock of the twin lock. lso, secure some slack for the SST wire harness inside the disc wheel. (2) Move SST at least 10 m (33 ft.) away from the steering pad. SST 10 m or more C148106E01 Weight Y Y X Weight C111071E04 (e) Cover the steering pad with a cardboard box or tires. (1) Covering method using a cardboard box: Cover the steering pad with the cardboard box and place weights of at least 19 kg (43 lb) on the cardboard box in 4 places. Cardboard box size: X minimum = 460 mm (18.11 in.) Y minimum = 650 mm (25.59 in.) NOTICE: When dimension Y of the cardboard box exceeds the tire dimension, X should be the following size. X minimum = 460 mm (18.11 in.) + width of tire If using a cardboard box which is smaller than the specified size, the cardboard box will break during airbag deployment.
316 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM STEERI PD 355 Tires (3 or more) Inner Diameter Width C111105E05 (2) Covering method using tires: Place at least 3 tires (without disc wheels) on top of the tire (with disc wheel and steering pad). Tire size: Width minimum: 185 mm (7.28 in.) Inner diameter minimum: 360 mm (14.17 in.) CUTION: Do not use tires with disc wheels to cover the tire (with disc wheel and steering pad). NOTICE: Use tires that you are planning to throw away, as the airbag deployment may damage the tires. Do not place the SST connector under the tire as the connector may be damaged. (3) Tie the tires together with 2 wire harnesses. CUTION: Make sure that the wire harnesses are tight. If there is slack in a wire harness, the tires may come loose when the airbag is deployed. H043722E01 Using a cardboard box: Battery SST 10 m or more Steering Pad Using tires: Battery (f) Deploy the airbag. (1) Connect the SST red clip to the positive (+) battery terminal and the black clip to the negative (-) battery terminal. (2) Check that no one is within a 10 m (33 ft.) radius of the steering pad. (3) Press the SST activation switch and deploy the airbag. CUTION: When deploying the airbag, make sure that no one is near the tires. The airbag is deployed as the SST activation switch LED illuminates. SST 10 m or more Steering Pad C111072E04
317 356 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM STEERI PD H (g) Dispose of the steering pad. CUTION: The steering pad becomes extremely hot when the airbag is deployed. Do not touch it for at least 30 minutes after deployment. Do not apply water to a steering pad with a deployed airbag. lways wash your hands with water after completing the operation. (1) Remove the steering pad from the disc wheel. (2) Place the steering pad in a plastic bag, tie it tightly and dispose of it in the same way as other general parts.
318 SPIRL CBLE RESTRINTS SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM COMPONENTS SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM SPIRL CBLE 355 STEERI PD SSEMBLY SPIRL CBLE SUB-SSEMBLY 50 (510, 37) STEERI WHEEL SSEMBLY 8.8 (90, 78 in.*lbf) STEERI COLUMN COVER x 2 without STEERI PD SWITCH: 8.8 (90, 78 in.*lbf) STEERI PD SSEMBLY STEERI WHEEL SSEMBLY N*m (kgf*cm, ft.*lbf) : Specified torque C147218E01
319 356 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM SPIRL CBLE REMOVL CUTION: Be sure to read the precautionary notices concerning the S airbag system before servicing it (see page -1). 1. DISCONNECT CBLE FROM NEGTIVE BTTERY TERMINL CUTION: Wait at least 90 seconds after disconnecting the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal to prevent airbag and seat belt pretensioner activation. 2. REMOVE STEERI PD SSEMBLY (See page - 345) 3. PLCE FRONT WHEELS FCI STRIGHT HED 4. REMOVE STEERI WHEEL SSEMBLY (See page SR-8) 5. REMOVE STEERI COLUMN COVER (See page SR-8) 6. REMOVE SPIRL CBLE SUB-SSEMBLY Disconnect the connectors from the spiral cable. NOTICE: When handling the airbag connector, take care not to damage the airbag wire harness. Disengage the 3 claws and remove the spiral cable. C147175
320 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM SPIRL CBLE 357 INSPECTION 1. INSPECT SPIRL CBLE SUB-SSEMBLY Check that there are no scratches or cracks on its connector, and/or that the cable does not have cracks, dents or chipping.
321 358 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM SPIRL CBLE INSTLLTION CUTION: Be sure to read the precautionary notices concerning the S airbag system before servicing it (see page -1). 1. INSTLL SPIRL CBLE SUB-SSEMBLY Check that the front wheels are facing straight ahead. Set the turn signal switch to the neutral position. NOTICE: Make sure that the turn signal switch is in the neutral position, as the pin of the turn signal switch may be snapped. Install the spiral cable. NOTICE: When replacing the spiral cable with a new one, remove the lock pin before installing the steering wheel. Connect the connectors to the spiral cable. NOTICE: When handling the airbag connector, do not damage the airbag wire harness. 2. INSTLL STEERI COLUMN COVER 3. POSITION SPIRL CBLE Slowly rotate the spiral cable counterclockwise by hand until it feels firm. NOTICE: Do not use the airbag wire harness to turn the spiral cable. H Mark H044989E01 Rotate the spiral cable clockwise approximately 2.5 turns to align the marks. NOTICE: Do not use the airbag wire harness to turn the spiral cable. The spiral cable will rotate approximately 2.5 turns to the left and right from the center. 4. INSTLL STEERI WHEEL SSEMBLY (See page SR-15) 5. INSTLL STEERI PD SSEMBLY (See page - 346) 6. CONNECT CBLE TO NEGTIVE BTTERY TERMINL 7. INSPECT STEERI PD SSEMBLY (See page - 346)
322 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM SPIRL CBLE PERFORM INITILIZTION Perform initialization (see page IN-23). NOTICE: Certain systems need to be initialized after disconnecting and reconnecting the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal. 9. CHECK S WRNI LIGHT Check the S warning light (see page -11). 10. INSPECT STEERI WHEEL POSITION
323 358 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM DRIVER SIDE KNEE IRBG SSEMBLY DRIVER SIDE KNEE IRBG SSEMBLY RESTRINTS SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM COMPONENTS 18 (184, 13) DRIVER SIDE KNEE IRBG SSEMBLY N*m (kgf*cm, ft.*lbf) : Specified torque B117920E01
324 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM DRIVER SIDE KNEE IRBG SSEMBLY 359 H H ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION 1. INSPECT DRIVER SIDE KNEE IRBG SSEMBLY (VEHICLE NOT INVOLVED IN COLLISION) Perform a diagnostic system check (see page - 18). With the driver side knee airbag assembly installed on the vehicle, perform a visual check for the following: Cuts, minute cracks or marked discoloration on the driver side knee airbag assembly. 2. INSPECT DRIVER SIDE KNEE IRBG SSEMBLY (VEHICLE INVOLVED IN COLLISION ND IRBG HS NOT DEPLOYED) Perform a diagnostic system check (see page - 18). With the driver side knee airbag asseembly removed from the vehicle, perform a visual check. If there are any defects as mentioned below, replace the driver side knee airbag assembly with a new one: Cuts, minute cracks or marked discoloration on the driver side knee airbag assembly. Cracks or other damage to the connector. Deformation or cracks on the instrument panel reinforcement. CUTION: For removal and installation procedures of the driver side knee airbag assembly, be sure to follow the correct procedure.
325 360 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM DRIVER SIDE KNEE IRBG SSEMBLY REMOVL CUTION: Be sure to read the precautionary notices concerning the S airbag system before servicing it (see page -1). 1. DISCONNECT CBLE FROM NEGTIVE BTTERY TERMINL 2. REMOVE DRIVER SIDE KNEE IRBG SSEMBLY Remove the 4 bolts and driver side knee airbag. Disconnect the connector. NOTICE: When handling the airbag connector, take care not to damage the airbag wire harness. H045003
326 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM DRIVER SIDE KNEE IRBG SSEMBLY 361 H INSTLLTION CUTION: Be sure to read the precautionary notices concerning the S airbag system before servicing it (see page -1). 1. INSTLL DRIVER SIDE KNEE IRBG SSEMBLY Connect the connector. NOTICE: When handling the airbag connector, take care not to damage the airbag wire harness. Install the front passenger side knee airbag with the 3 bolts. Torque: 18 N*m (184 kgf*cm, 13 ft.*lbf) 2. CONNECT CBLE TO NEGTIVE BTTERY TERMINL 3. PERFORM INITILIZTION Perform initialization (see page IN-23). NOTICE: Certain systems need to be initialized after disconnecting and reconnecting the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal. 4. CHECK S WRNI LIGHT Check the S warning light (see page -11).
327 362 SST SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM DRIVER SIDE KNEE IRBG SSEMBLY DISPOSL When scrapping a vehicle equipped with an S or disposing of driver side knee airbag assembly, be sure to deploy the airbag first in accordance with the procedure described below. If any abnormality occurs with the airbag deployment, contact the SERVICE DEPT. of TOYOT MOTOR SLES, U.S.., INC. CUTION: Never dispose of a driver side knee airbag assembly that has an undeployed airbag. The airbag produces an exploding sound when it is deployed, so perform the operation outdoors and where it will not create a nuisance to nearby residents. When deploying the airbag, always use the specified SST (S irbag Deployment Tool). Perform the operation in a place away from electrical noise. When deploying the airbag, perform the operation at least 10 m (33 ft) away from the driver side knee airbag assembly. The driver side knee airbag assembly becomes extremely hot when the airbag is deployed, so do not touch it for at least 30 minutes after deployment. Use gloves and safety glasses when handling a driver side knee airbag assembly with a deployed airbag. Do not apply water, etc. to a driver side knee airbag assembly with a deployed airbag. lways wash your hands with water after completing the operation. n airbag or pretensioner may be activated by static electricity. To prevent this, be sure to touch a metal surface with bare hands to discharge static electricity performing this procedure. 1. DISPOSE OF DRIVER SIDE KNEE IRBG SSEMBLY (WHEN INSTLLED IN VEHICLE) Prepare a battery as the power source to deploy the airbag. Check the function of the SST (see page -347). Precaution (see page -1). Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal. Wait for 90 seconds after disconnecting the cable to prevent the airbag from deploying. Remove the driver side knee airbag assembly (see page -359). C110371E01
328 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM DRIVER SIDE KNEE IRBG SSEMBLY 363 SST C107051E01 SST Battery 10 m (33 ft) or more C110476E01 (e) Install the SST. (1) Connect the SST connector to the driver side knee airbag assembly. SST , NOTICE: To avoid damaging the SST connector and wire harness, do not lock the secondary lock of the twin lock. (2) Install the driver side knee airbag assembly (see page -359). NOTICE: Take care not to damage the SST wire harness. (3) Move the SST at least 10 m (33 ft) away from the vehicle front side window. (4) Maintaining enough clearance for the SST wire harness in the front side window, close all doors and windows of the vehicle. NOTICE: Take care not to damage the SST wire harness. (5) Connect the red clip of the SST to the battery positive (+) terminal and the black clip of the SST to the battery negative (-) terminal. (f) Deploy the airbag. (1) Check that no one is inside the vehicle or within a 10 m (33 ft) radius of the vehicle. (2) Press the SST activation switch and deploy the airbag. CUTION: When deploying the airbag, make sure that no one is near the vehicle. The driver side knee airbag assembly becomes extremely hot when the airbag is deployed, so do not touch it for at least 30 minutes after deployment. Use gloves and safety glasses when handling a driver side knee airbag assembly with a deployed airbag. Do not apply water, etc. to a driver side knee airbag assembly with a deployed airbag. lways wash your hands with water after completing the operation. The airbag is deployed as the LED of the SST activation switch comes on. 2. DISPOSE OF DRIVER SIDE KNEE IRBG SSEMBLY (WHEN NOT INSTLLED IN VEHICLE) NOTICE: When disposing of the driver side knee airbag assembly, never use the customer's vehicle to deploy the airbag.
329 364 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM DRIVER SIDE KNEE IRBG SSEMBLY SST Wire Harness Diameter Stripped Wire Harness Section C110371E01 B104882E02 Be sure to follow the procedure detailed below when deploying the airbag. Prepare a battery as the power source to deploy the airbag. Check the function of the SST (see page -349). Remove the driver side knee airbag assembly (see page -359). CUTION: When removing the driver side knee airbag assembly, work must be started 90 seconds after the ignition switch is turned off and the negative (-) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery. When storing the driver side knee airbag assembly, keep the airbag deployment side facing upward. Using a service-purpose wire harness for the vehicle, tie down the driver side knee airbag assembly to the tire. Wire harness: Stripped wire harness section 1.25 mm 2 or more ( in. 2 or more) CUTION: If the wire harness is too thin or an alternative object is used to tie down the driver side knee airbag assembly, it may be snapped by the shock when the airbag is deployed. lways use a wire harness for vehicle use with an area of at least 1.25 mm 2 ( in. 2 ). To calculate the area of the stripped wire harness section: rea = 3.14 x (Diameter) 2 divided/4 (1) Position the driver side knee airbag assembly inside the tire with the airbag deployment side facing inside. Tire size: Must exceed the following dimensions Width: 185 mm (7.28 in.) Inner diameter: 360 mm (14.17 in.)
330 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM DRIVER SIDE KNEE IRBG SSEMBLY 365 Inner Diameter Width C107052E01 CUTION: Make sure that the wire harness is tight. If there is slack in a wire harness, the driver side knee airbag assembly may become loose due to the shock when the airbag is deployed. lways tie down the driver side knee airbag assembly with the airbag deployment side facing inside the tire. NOTICE: Use a disc wheel (with tire) that you are planning to throw away, as the airbag deployment will damage the disc wheel. Install the SST. (1) Connect the SST connector to the driver side knee airbag assembly. SST SST C107053E01
331 366 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM DRIVER SIDE KNEE IRBG SSEMBLY Tire (2 or more) Tire (2 or more) (e) Place the tires. (1) Place at least 2 tires under the tire which the driver side knee airbag assembly is tied to. (2) Place at least 2 tires over the tire which the driver side knee airbag assembly is tied to. The top tire should have the disc wheel installed. NOTICE: Do not place the SST connector under the tire because it could be damaged. C107054E01 (3) Tie the tires together with 2 wire harnesses. CUTION: Make sure that the wire harness is tight. Looseness in the wire harness results in the tires coming free due to the shock when the airbag is deployed. C Driver Side Knee irbag ssembly SST Battery 10 m (33 ft) or more C107055E01 (f) (g) Install the SST. (1) Connect the SST connector. SST NOTICE: To avoid damaging the SST connector and wire harness, do not lock the secondary lock of the twin lock. lso, secure some slack for the SST wire harness inside the tire. Deploy the airbag. (1) Connect the red clip of the SST to the battery positive (+) terminal and the black clip of the SST to the battery negative (-) terminal. (2) Check that no one is within a 10 m (33 ft) radius of the tire which the driver side knee airbag assembly is tied to. (3) Press the SST activation switch and deploy the airbag. CUTION: When deploying the airbag, make sure that no one is near the tire. The airbag is deployed as the LED of the SST activation switch comes on.
332 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM DRIVER SIDE KNEE IRBG SSEMBLY 367 C (h) Dispose of the driver side knee airbag assembly. CUTION: The driver side knee airbag assembly becomes extremely hot when the airbag is deployed, so do not touch it for at least 30 minutes after deployment. Use gloves and safety glasses when handling a driver side knee airbag assembly with a deployed airbag. Do not apply water, etc. to a driver side knee airbag assembly with a deployed airbag. lways wash your hands with water after completing the operation. (1) Remove the driver side knee airbag assembly from the tire. (2) Place the driver side knee airbag assembly in a plastic bag, tie it tightly and dispose of it in the same way as other general parts.
333 366 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM FRONT PSSEER IRBG SSEMBLY FRONT PSSEER IRBG SSEMBLY RESTRINTS SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM COMPONENTS FRONT PSSEER IRBG SSEMBLY 18 (184, 13) INSTRUMENT PNEL WIRE SSEMBLY INSTRUMENT PNEL SUB-SSEMBLY UPPER N*m (kgf*cm, ft.*lbf) : Specified torque H ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION B117918E01 1. CHECK FRONT PSSEER IRBG SSEMBLY (VEHICLE NOT INVOLVED IN COLLISION ND IRBG NOT DEPLOYED) Perform a diagnostic system check (see page - 18). With the front passenger airbag installed on the vehicle, perform a visual check: Check for cuts, cracks or discoloration on the front passenger airbag surface and in the grooved portion. If any of the defects mentioned above are present, replace the front passenger airbag assembly with a new one.
334 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM FRONT PSSEER IRBG SSEMBLY 367 H H CUTION: For removal and installation of the front passenger airbag assembly, be sure to follow the correct procedures. 2. CHECK FRONT PSSEER IRBG SSEMBLY (VEHICLE INVOLVED IN COLLISION ND IRBG NOT DEPLOYED) Perform a diagnostic system check (see page - 18). With the front passenger airbag removed from the vehicle, perform a visual check: Check for cuts, cracks or discoloration on the front passenger airbag. Check for cracks or other damage on the connectors. Check for deformation or cracks on the instrument panel and instrument panel reinforcement. If any of the defects mentioned above are present, replace the front passenger airbag assembly with a new one. CUTION: For removal and installation of the front passenger airbag assembly, be sure to follow the correct procedures.
335 368 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM FRONT PSSEER IRBG SSEMBLY REMOVL CUTION: Be sure to read the precautionary notices concerning the S airbag system before servicing it (see page -1). 1. DISCONNECT CBLE FROM NEGTIVE BTTERY TERMINL CUTION: Wait at least 90 seconds after disconnecting the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal to prevent airbag and seat belt pretensioner activation. 2. REMOVE GLOVE COMPRTMENT DOOR SSEMBLY 3. REMOVE FRONT PSSEER IRBG SSEMBLY Disconnect the connector from the airbag. NOTICE: When handling the airbag connector, do not damage the airbag wire harness. Remove the instrument panel sub-assembly upper (see page IP-4). Remove the clip. H Clip (e) Disconnect the connectors and remove the instrument panel wire assembly. Remove the 2 screws. H044992E01 Hook Front Hook (f) (g) Release the front side airbag door from the hook by slightly deflecting it and roll the front passenger airbag assembly rearward. Release the rear side airbag door from the other hook and remove the front passenger airbag assembly. irbag Door H044993E01
336 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM FRONT PSSEER IRBG SSEMBLY 369 Clip INSTLLTION CUTION: Be sure to read the precautionary notices concerning the S airbag system before servicing it (see page -1). 1. INSTLL FRONT PSSEER IRBG SSEMBLY Install the front passenger airbag assembly with the 2 screws. Connect the connectors to the airbag. Install the clip. Install the instrument panel sub-assembly upper (see page IP-9). H044992E02 H (e) Connect the connector to the airbag. NOTICE: When handling the airbag connector, do not damage the airbag wire harness. 2. INSTLL GLOVE COMPRTMENT DOOR SSEMBLY (See page IP-11) 3. CONNECT CBLE TO NEGTIVE BTTERY TERMINL 4. PERFORM INITILIZTION Perform initialization (see page IN-23). NOTICE: Certain systems need to be initialized after disconnecting and reconnecting the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal. 5. CHECK S WRNI LIGHT Check the S warning light (see page -11).
337 370 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM FRONT PSSEER IRBG SSEMBLY DISPOSL SST C110371E03 When scrapping a vehicle equipped with an S or disposing of the front passenger side knee airbag assembly, be sure to deploy the airbag first in accordance with the procedure described below. If any abnormality occurs with the airbag deployment, contact the SERVICE DEPT. of TOYOT MOTOR SLES, U.S.., INC. CUTION: Never dispose of a front passenger airbag with an unactivated airbag. The airbag produces a loud, exploding sound when it activates. Perform the operation where it will not be a nuisance to people nearby. When activating the airbag, always use the specified SST (S airbag deployment tool). Perform procedures in a place away from electrical interference. When activating the airbag, stand at least 10 m (33 ft.) away from the airbag. The airbag becomes very hot when it is deployed. Do not touch it for at least 30 minutes after activation. Use gloves and safety glasses when handling a deployed airbag. Do not apply water to a deployed airbag. lways wash your hands with water after completing the operation. n airbag or pretensioner may be activated by static electricity. To prevent this, be sure to touch a metal surface with bare hands to discharge static electricity performing this procedure. 1. DISPOSE OF FRONT PSSEER IRBG SSEMBLY TOGETHER WITH VEHICLE Prepare a battery as the power source to deploy the airbag. Check if SST is functioning properly. SST (1) Connect the SST's red clip to the positive (+) battery terminal and the black clip to the negative (-) battery terminal. The yellow connector will be used to connect to another SST in a later step. SST C110371E03
338 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM FRONT PSSEER IRBG SSEMBLY 371 SST C110475E02 (2) Press the SST activation switch, and check that the LED of the SST activation switch illuminates. CUTION: If the LED illuminates when the activation switch is not pressed, SST may have a malfunction, in which case that SST should not be used. (3) Disconnect SST from the battery. Follow the "Precaution" (see page -1). Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal. CUTION: Wait at least 90 seconds after disconnecting the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal to prevent airbag and seat belt pretensioner activation. Remove the glove compartment door (see page IP- 6). (e) Install SST. (1) Disconnect the front passenger airbag connector. NOTICE: When handling the airbag connector, do not damage the airbag wire harness. H SST (B) (2) Connect SST () to SST (B). Then connect SST (B)'s connector to the cable. SST , NOTICE: To avoid damaging the SST connector and wire harness, do not lock the secondary lock of the twin lock. SST () H044996E01 SST Battery 10 m or more C110476E02 (3) Move SST at least 10 m (33 ft.) away from the front side window. (4) Maintain a small opening in the front side window for the SST wire harness. Close the remaining windows of the vehicle. Close all doors. NOTICE: Take care not to damage the SST wire harness. (5) Connect the SST red clip to the positive (+) battery terminal and the black clip to the negative (-) battery terminal.
339 372 SST SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM FRONT PSSEER IRBG SSEMBLY (f) Deploy the airbag. (1) Check that no one is inside the vehicle or within a 10 m (33 ft.) radius of the vehicle. (2) Press the SST activation switch and deploy the airbag. CUTION: When deploying the airbag, make sure that no one is near the vehicle. The airbag becomes extremely hot when it is deployed. Do not touch it for at least 30 minutes after deployment. Use gloves and safety glasses when handling a deployed airbag. Do not apply water to a deployed airbag. lways wash your hands with water after completing the operation. The airbag is deployed as the SST activation switch LED illuminates. 2. DISPOSE OF ONLY FRONT PSSEER IRBG SSEMBLY NOTICE: When disposing of the airbag, never use the customer's vehicle to deploy the airbag. Be sure to follow the procedure detailed below when deploying the airbag. Prepare a battery as the power source to deploy the airbag. Check if SST is functioning properly. SST (1) Connect the SST red clip to the positive (+) battery terminal and the black clip to the negative (-) battery terminal. The yellow connector will be used to connect to another SST in a later step. C110371E03 SST (2) Press the SST activation switch, and check that the LED of the SST activation switch illuminates. CUTION: If the LED illuminates when the activation switch is not pressed, SST may have a malfunction, in which case that SST should not be used. (3) Disconnect SST from the battery. C110475E02
340 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM FRONT PSSEER IRBG SSEMBLY 373 Stripped Wire Harness Section B104882E03 Remove the front passenger airbag (see page - 367). CUTION: When removing the airbag, work must be started 90 seconds after the ignition switch is turned OFF and after the cable is disconnected from the negative (-) battery terminal. When storing the airbag, keep the airbag deployment side facing upward. Using service wire harnesses for the vehicle, tie down the airbag to a tire. Wire harness: Stripped wire harness section 1.25 mm 2 or more ( in. 2 or more) NOTICE: Use a tire that you are planning to throw away, as the airbag deployment may damage the tire. CUTION: Do not use wire harnesses that are too thin or any other substitute items to tie down the front passenger airbag assembly. They may snap when the airbag deploys. lways use vehicle wire harnesses that have an area of at least 1.25 mm 2 ( in. 2 ). To calculate the area of the stripped wire harness section: rea = 3.14 x Diameter 2 /4 (1) Position the airbag inside the tire so that the brackets contact the tire. Tire size minimum: Width minimum: 185 mm (7.28 in.) Inner diameter minimum: 360 mm (14.17 in.)
341 374 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM FRONT PSSEER IRBG SSEMBLY (2) Wind 3 wire harnesses at least twice around the airbag brackets and tire. Inner Diameter Width H044998E01 Tires (2 or more) Tires (2 or more) H044501E03 (e) CUTION: Tightly wind the wire harnesses around the brackets so that there is no slack. Make sure that the wire harnesses are tight. If there is slack in a wire harness, the airbag may come loose when it is deployed. lways tie down the airbag with the airbag deployment side facing inside the tire. Install SST. (1) Connect the SST connector to the airbag. SST Place the tires. (1) Place at least 2 tires under the tire to which the airbag is tied. (2) Place at least 2 tires on top of the tire to which the airbag is tied. The top tire should have a disc wheel installed. NOTICE: Do not place the SST connector under the tire as the connector may be damaged. Use a disc wheel that you are planning to throw away, as the airbag deployment will damage the disc wheel. Use tires that you are planning to throw away, as the airbag deployment may damage the tires.
342 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM FRONT PSSEER IRBG SSEMBLY 375 (3) Tie the tires together with 2 wire harnesses. CUTION: Make sure that the wire harnesses are tight. If there is slack in a wire harness, the tires may come loose when the airbag is deployed. H042763E01 Front Passenger irbag ssembly Battery SST 10 m or more H044502E04 (f) (g) Install SST. (1) Connect the SST connector. SST NOTICE: To avoid damaging the SST connector and wire harness, do not lock the secondary lock of the twin lock. lso, secure some slack for the SST wire harness inside the tire. Deploy the airbag. (1) Connect the SST red clip to the positive (+) battery terminal and the black clip to the negative (-) battery terminal. (2) Check that no one is within a 10 m (33 ft.) radius of the airbag. (3) Press the SST activation switch and deploy the airbag. CUTION: When deploying the airbag, make sure that no one is near the tires. The airbag is deployed as the SST activation switch LED illuminates. Dispose of the airbag. CUTION: The airbag becomes extremely hot when it is deployed. Do not touch it for at least 30 minutes after deployment. Use gloves and safety glasses when handling a deployed airbag. Do not apply water to a deployed airbag. lways wash your hands with water after completing the operation. (1) Remove the airbag from the tire. (2) Place the airbag in a plastic bag, tie it tightly and dispose of it in the same way as other general parts. H041436E01 (h)
343 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM CURTIN SHIELD IRBG SSEMBLY CURTIN SHIELD IRBG SSEMBLY RESTRINTS SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM COMPONENTS (100, 7) CURTIN SHIELD IRBG SSEMBLY LH N*m (kgf*cm, ft.*lbf) : Specified torque B117919E01
344 376 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM CURTIN SHIELD IRBG SSEMBLY H H ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION 1. INSPECT CURTIN SHIELD IRBG SSEMBLY (VEHICLE NOT INVOLVED IN COLLISION) Perform a diagnostic system check (see page - 18). With the curtain shield airbag assembly installed on the vehicle, perform a visual check. If there are any defects as mentioned below, replace the front pillar garnish or roof headlining assembly with a new one: Cuts, minute cracks or marked discoloration on the front pillar garnish or roof headlining assembly around the curtain shield airbag assembly. 2. INSPECT CURTIN SHIELD IRBG SSEMBLY (VEHICLE INVOLVED IN COLLISION ND IRBG HS NOT DEPLOYED) Perform a diagnostic system check (see page - 18). With the curtain shield airbag assembly removed from the vehicle, perform a visual check. If there are any defects as mentioned below, replace the curtain shield airbag assembly with a new one: Cuts, minute cracks or marked discoloration on the curtain shield airbag assembly. Cracks or other damage to the connectors. CUTION: For removal and installation procedures of the curtain shield airbag assembly, be sure to follow the correct procedure.
345 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM CURTIN SHIELD IRBG SSEMBLY 377 REMOVL CUTION: Be sure to read the precautionary notices concerning the S airbag system before servicing it (see page -1). 1. DISCONNECT CBLE FROM NEGTIVE BTTERY TERMINL CUTION: Wait at least 90 seconds after disconnecting the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal to prevent airbag and seat belt pretensioner activation. 2. REMOVE ROOF HEDLINI SSEMBLY Remove the roof headlining (see page IR-8). 3. REMOVE CURTIN SHIELD IRBG SSEMBLY LH H045000E01 Disconnect the connector. NOTICE: When handling the airbag connector, take care not to damage the airbag wire harness. Remove the 11 bolts and the curtain shield airbag assembly.
346 378 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM CURTIN SHIELD IRBG SSEMBLY INSTLLTION CUTION: Be sure to read the precautionary notices concerning the S airbag system before servicing it (see page -1). 1. INSTLL CURTIN SHIELD IRBG SSEMBLY LH H045000E04 Install the curtain shield airbag assembly with the 11 bolts. Torque: 9.8 N*m (100 kgf*cm, 7 ft.*lbf) NOTICE: Do not twist the curtain shield airbag assembly when installing it. Connect the connector. NOTICE: When handling the airbag connector, take care not to damage the airbag wire harness. 2. INSTLL ROOF HEDLINI SSEMBLY Install the roof headlining assembly (see page IR- 14). 3. CONNECT CBLE TO NEGTIVE BTTERY TERMINL 4. PERFORM INITILIZTION Perform initialization (see page IN-23). CUTION: Certain systems need to be initialized after disconnecting and reconnecting the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal. 5. CHECK S WRNI LIGHT Check the S warning light (see page -11).
347 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM CURTIN SHIELD IRBG SSEMBLY 379 DISPOSL When scrapping a vehicle equipped with an S or disposing of the curtain shield airbag assembly, be sure to deploy the airbag first in accordance with the procedure described below. If any abnormality occurs with the airbag deployment, contact the SERVICE DEPT. of TOYOT MOTOR SLES, U.S.., INC. CUTION: Never dispose of a curtain shield airbag assembly that has an undeployed airbag. The airbag produces an exploding sound when it is deployed, so perform the operation outdoors and where it will not create a nuisance to nearby residents. When deploying the airbag, always use the specified SST (S irbag Deployment Tool). Perform the operation in a place away from electrical noise. When deploying the airbag, perform the operation at least 10 m (33 ft) away from the curtain shield airbag assembly. The curtain shield airbag assembly becomes extremely hot when the airbag is deployed, so do not touch it for at least 30 minutes after deployment. Use gloves and safety glasses when handling a curtain shield airbag assembly with a deployed airbag. Do not apply water, etc. to a curtain shield airbag assembly with a deployed airbag. lways wash your hands with water after completing the operation. n airbag or pretensioner may be activated by static electricity. To prevent this, be sure to touch a metal surface with bare hands to discharge static electricity performing this procedure. 1. DISPOSE OF CURTIN SHIELD IRBG SSEMBLY (WHEN INSTLLED IN VEHICLE) Prepare a battery as the power source to deploy the airbag. Check the function of the SST (see page -347). SST C110371E01 (e) Precaution (see page -1). Disconnect the cable from the negative battery terminal. Wait for 90 seconds after disconnecting the cable to prevent the airbag from deploying. Remove the roof headlining assembly (see page IR- 8). Install the SST. (1) Disconnect the connector from the curtain shield airbag assembly. NOTICE: When handling the airbag connector, take care not to damage the airbag wire harness.
348 380 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM CURTIN SHIELD IRBG SSEMBLY SST (2) fter connecting the SST below to each other, connect them to the curtain shield airbag assembly. SST , ( , ) NOTICE: To avoid damaging the SST connector and wire harness, do not lock the secondary lock of the twin lock. H045001E02 SST Battery 10 m (33 ft) or more C110501E01 (3) Move the SST at least 10 m (33 ft) away from the vehicle rear side window. (4) Maintaining enough clearance for the SST wire harness in the rear side window, close all doors and windows of the vehicle. NOTICE: Take care not to damage the SST wire harness. (5) Connect the red clip of the SST to the battery positive (+) terminal and the black clip of the SST to the battery negative (-) terminal. (f) Deploy the airbag. (1) Check that no one is inside the vehicle or within a 10 m (33 ft) radius of the vehicle. (2) Press the SST activation switch and deploy the airbag. CUTION: When deploying the airbag, make sure that no one is near the vehicle. The curtain shield airbag assembly becomes extremely hot when the airbag is deployed, so do not touch it for at least 30 minutes after deployment. Use gloves and safety glasses when handling a curtain shield airbag assembly with a deployed airbag. Do not apply water, etc. to a curtain shield airbag assembly with a deployed airbag. lways wash your hands with water after completing the operation. The airbag is deployed as the LED of the SST activation switch comes on. 2. DISPOSE OF CURTIN SHIELD IRBG SSEMBLY (WHEN NOT INSTLLED IN VEHICLE) NOTICE: When disposing of the curtain shield airbag assembly, never use the customer's vehicle to deploy the airbag. Be sure to follow the procedure detailed below when deploying the airbag.
349 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM CURTIN SHIELD IRBG SSEMBLY 381 Prepare a battery as the power source to deploy the airbag. SST Check the function of the SST (see page -349). Remove the curtain shield airbag assembly (see page -376). CUTION: When removing the curtain shield airbag assembly, work must be started 90 seconds after the ignition switch is turned off and the negative (-) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery. C110371E01 Cut off the deployment section of the curtain shield airbag assembly. H Wire Harness Diameter Stripped Wire Harness Section Inner Diameter Width B104882E02 Using a service-purpose wire harness for the vehicle, tie down the curtain shield airbag assembly to the tire. Wire harness: Stripped wire harness section 1.25 mm 2 or more ( in. 2 or more) CUTION: If the wire harness is too thin or an alternative object is used to tie down the curtain shield airbag assembly, it may be snapped by the shock when the airbag is deployed. lways use a wire harness for vehicle use with an area of at least 1.25 mm 2 ( in. 2 ). To calculate the area of the stripped wire harness section: rea = 3.14 x (Diameter) 2 divided/4 (1) Position the curtain shield airbag assembly inside the tire as shown in the illustration. Tire size: Must exceed the following dimensions Width: 185 mm (7.28 in.) Inner diameter: 360 mm (14.17 in.) H043333E02
350 382 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM CURTIN SHIELD IRBG SSEMBLY SST H043334E02 (e) (f) CUTION: Make sure that the wire harness is tight. If there is slack in the wire harness, the curtain shield airbag assembly may become loose due to the shock when the airbag is deployed. NOTICE: Use a disc wheel (with tire) that you are planning to throw away, as the airbag deployment will damage the disc wheel. Install the SST. (1) fter connecting the SST below to each other, connect them to the curtain shield airbag assembly. SST ( , ) Place the tires. CUTION: Do not place the deployment direction of the curtain shield airbag assembly facing toward the ground. (1) Place at least 2 tires under the tire which the curtain shield airbag assembly is tied to. (2) Place at least 2 tires over the tire which the curtain shield airbag assembly is tied to. The top tire should have the disc wheel installed. NOTICE: Do not place the SST connector under the tire because it could be damaged. Tires (2 or more) Tires (2 or more) H043335E02 (3) Tie the tires together with 2 wire harnesses. CUTION: Make sure that the wire harness is tight. Looseness in the wire harness results in the tires coming free due to the shock when the airbag is deployed. B105087
351 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM CURTIN SHIELD IRBG SSEMBLY 383 SST Curtain Shield irbag ssembly Battery 10 m (33 ft) or more B117940E01 (g) (h) Install the SST. (1) Connect the SST connector. SST NOTICE: To avoid damaging the SST connector and wire harness, do not lock the secondary lock of the twin lock. lso, secure some slack for the SST wire harness inside the tire. Deploy the airbag. (1) Connect the red clip of the SST to the battery positive (+) terminal and the black clip of the SST to the battery negative (-) terminal. (2) Check that no one is within a 10 m (33 ft) radius of the tire which the curtain shield airbag assembly is tied to. (3) Press the SST activation switch and deploy the airbag. CUTION: When deploying the airbag, make sure that no one is near the tire. The airbag is deployed as the LED of the SST activation switch comes on. Dispose of the curtain shield airbag assembly. CUTION: The curtain shield airbag assembly becomes extremely hot when the airbag is deployed, so do not touch it for at least 30 minutes after deployment. Use gloves and safety glasses when handling a curtain shield airbag assembly with a deployed airbag. Do not apply water, etc. to a curtain shield airbag assembly with a deployed airbag. lways wash your hands with water after completing the operation. (1) Remove the curtain shield airbag assembly from the tire. (2) Place the curtain shield airbag assembly in a plastic bag, tie it tightly and dispose of it in the same way as other general parts. H (i)
352 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM FRONT SET SIDE IRBG SSEMBLY H H FRONT SET SIDE IRBG SSEMBLY ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION FRONT SET SIDE IRBG SSEMBLY (VEHICLE NOT INVOLVED IN COLLISION) Perform a diagnostic system check (see page - 18). With the front seat airbag assembly installed on the vehicle, perform a visual check. If there are any defects as mentioned below, replace the front seat assembly with a new one: Cuts, minute cracks or marked discoloration on the front seat back assembly or around the front seat airbag assembly. 2. FRONT SET SIDE IRBG SSEMBLY (VEHICLE INVOLVED IN COLLISION ND IRBG HS NOT DEPLOYED) Perform a diagnostic system check (see page - 18). With the front seat airbag assembly removed from the vehicle, perform a visual check. If there are any defects as mentioned below, replace the front seat airbag assembly with a new one: Cuts, minute cracks or marked discoloration on the front seat airbag assembly. Cracks or other damage to the wire harness or connector. CUTION: For removal and installation procedures of the front seat airbag assembly. Be sure to follow the correct procedure.
353 384 SST SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM FRONT SET SIDE IRBG SSEMBLY C110371E01 DISPOSL When scrapping a vehicle equipped with the S or disposing of the front seat airbag assembly, be sure to deploy the airbag first in accordance with the procedure described below. If any abnormality occurs with the airbag deployment, contact the SERVICE DEPT. of TOYOT MOTOR SLES, U.S.., INC. CUTION: Never dispose of a front seat airbag assembly that has an undeployed airbag. The airbag produces an exploding sound when it is deployed, so perform the operation outdoors and where it will not create a nuisance to nearby residents. When deploying the airbag, always use the specified SST (S irbag Deployment Tool). Perform the operation in a place away from electrical noise. When deploying the airbag, perform the operation at least 10 m (33 ft) away from the airbag assembly. The front seat airbag assembly becomes extremely hot when the airbag is deployed, so do not touch it for at least 30 minutes after deployment. Use gloves and safety glasses when handling a front seat airbag assembly with a deployed airbag. Do not apply water, etc. to a front seat airbag assembly with a deployed airbag. lways wash your hands with water after completing the operation. n airbag or pretensioner may be activated by static electricity. To prevent this, be sure to touch a metal surface with bare hands to discharge static electricity performing this procedure. 1. DISPOSE OF FRONT SET SIDE IRBG SSEMBLY (WHEN INSTLLED IN VEHICLE) Prepare a battery as the power source to deploy the airbag. Check the function of the SST (see page -347). (e) Precaution (see page -1). Disconnect the cable from the negative battery terminal. Wait for 90 seconds after disconnecting the cable to prevent the airbag from deploying. Remove the front seat assembly (see page SE-5). Keep the front seat assembly in the cabin. Install the SST. (1) Disconnect the connector (yellow colored one) from the front seat airbag assembly. NOTICE: When handling the airbag connector, take care not to damage the airbag wire harness.
354 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM FRONT SET SIDE IRBG SSEMBLY 385 SST (2) Connect the SST connector to the front seat airbag assembly connector. SST , NOTICE: To avoid damaging the SST connector and wire harness, do not lock the secondary lock of the twin lock. (3) Install the front seat assembly (see page SE- 11). H043330E01 SST Battery 10 m (33 ft) or more C110476E01 (4) Move the SST at least 10 m (33 ft) away from the vehicle front side window. (5) Maintaining enough clearance for the SST wire harness in the front side window, close all doors and windows of the vehicle. NOTICE: Take care not to damage the SST wire harness. (6) Connect the red clip of the SST to the battery positive (+) terminal and the black clip of the SST to the battery negative (-) terminal. (f) Deploy the airbag. (1) Check that no one is inside the vehicle or within a 10 m (33 ft) radius of the vehicle. (2) Press the SST activation switch and deploy the airbag. CUTION: When deploying the airbag, make sure that no one is near the vehicle. The front seat airbag assembly becomes extremely hot when the airbag is deployed, so do not touch it for at least 30 minutes after deployment. Use gloves and safety glasses when handling a front seat airbag assembly with a deployed airbag. Do not apply water, etc. to a front seat airbag assembly with a deployed airbag. lways wash your hands with water after completing the operation. The airbag is deployed as the LED of the SST activation switch comes on. 2. DISPOSE OF FRONT SET SIDE IRBG SSEMBLY (WHEN NOT INSTLLED IN VEHICLE) NOTICE: When disposing of the front seat airbag assembly, never use the customer's vehicle to deploy the airbag. Be sure to follow the procedure detailed below when deploying the airbag.
355 386 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM FRONT SET SIDE IRBG SSEMBLY SST Wire Harness Diameter Stripped Wire Harness Section C110371E01 B104882E02 Prepare a battery as the power source to deploy the airbag. Check the function of the SST (see page -349). Remove the front seat airbag assembly. (1) Remove the front seat assembly (see page SE- 5). (2) Remove the 2 nuts and the front seat airbag assembly from the seatback assembly. CUTION: When removing the front seat airbag assembly, work must be started 90 seconds after the ignition switch is turned off and the negative (-) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery. When storing the front seat airbag assembly, keep the airbag deployment side facing upward. Using a service-purpose wire harness for the vehicle, tie down the front seat airbag assembly to the tire. Wire harness: Stripped wire harness section 1.25 mm 2 or more ( in. 2 or more) To calculate the area of the stripped wire harness section: rea = 3.14 x (Diameter) 2 divided/4 CUTION: If the wire harness is too thin or an alternative object is used to tie down the front seat airbag assembly, it may be snapped by the shock when the airbag is deployed. lways use a wire harness for vehicle use with an area of at least 1.25 mm 2 ( in. 2 ). (1) Install the 2 nuts to the front seat airbag assembly. H043781
356 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM FRONT SET SIDE IRBG SSEMBLY 387 (2) Wind the wire harness around the stud bolts of the front seat airbag assembly as shown in the illustration. H Inner Diameter Width H043768E02 (3) Position the front seat airbag assembly inside the tire. Tire size: Must exceed the following dimensions Width: 185 mm (7.28 in.) Inner diameter: 360 mm (14.17 in.) CUTION: Make sure that the wire harness is tight. If there is slack in a wire harness, the front seat airbag assembly may become loose due to the shock when the airbag is deployed. lways tie down the front seat airbag assembly with the airbag deployment direction facing inside the tire. NOTICE: Use a disc wheel (with tire) that you are planning to throw away, as the airbag deployment will damage the disc wheel. Install the SST. (1) Connect the SST connector to the front seat airbag assembly connector. SST SST H043769E02 C Tire (2 or more) Tire (2 or more) C107074E01 (e) Place the tires. (1) Place at least 2 tires under the tire which the front seat airbag assembly is tied to. (2) Place at least 2 tires over the tire which the front seat airbag assembly is tied to. The top tire should have the disc wheel installed. NOTICE: Do not place the SST connector under the tire because it could be damaged.
357 388 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM FRONT SET SIDE IRBG SSEMBLY (3) Tie the tires together with 2 wire harnesses. CUTION: Make sure that the wire harness is tight. Looseness in the wire harness results in the tires coming free due to the shock when the airbag is deployed. B Front Seat irbag ssembly Battery SST 10 m (33 ft) or more C C107075E01 (f) (g) Install the SST. (1) Connect the SST connector. SST NOTICE: To avoid damaging the SST connector and wire harness, do not lock the secondary lock of the twin lock. lso, secure some slack for the SST wire harness inside the tire. Deploy the airbag. (1) Connect the red clip of the SST to the battery positive (+) terminal and the black clip of the SST to the battery negative (-) terminal. (2) Check that no one is within a 10 m (33 ft) radius of the tire which the front seat airbag assembly is tied to. (3) Press the SST activation switch and deploy the airbag. CUTION: When deploying the airbag, make sure that no one is near the tire. The airbag is deployed as the LED of the SST activation switch comes on. Dispose of the front seat airbag assembly. CUTION: The front seat airbag assembly becomes extremely hot when the airbag is deployed, so do not touch it for at least 30 minutes after deployment. Use gloves and safety glasses when handling a front seat airbag assembly with a deployed airbag. Do not apply water, etc. to a front seat airbag assembly with a deployed airbag. lways wash your hands with water after completing the operation. (1) Remove the front seat airbag assembly from the tire. (2) Place the front seat airbag assembly in a plastic bag, tie it tightly and dispose of it in the same way as other general parts. H (h)
358 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY RESTRINTS SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM COMPONENTS (179, 13) Manual Transaxle: SHIFT LEVER KNOB SUB-SSEMBLY CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY Manual Transaxle: FRONT CONSOLE UPPER PNEL SSEMBLY utomatic Transaxle: FRONT CONSOLE UPPER PNEL SSEMBLY CONSOLE UPPER RER PNEL SUB-SSEMBLY RER CONSOLE BOX SSEMBLY N*m (kgf*cm, ft.*lbf) : Specified torque B117921E01
359 390 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION 1. CHECK CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY (VEHICLE NOT INVOLVED IN COLLISION ND IRBG NOT DEPLOYED) Perform a diagnostic system check (see page - 18). 2. CHECK CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY (VEHICLE INVOLVED IN COLLISION ND IRBG NOT DEPLOYED) Perform a diagnostic system check (see page - 18). 3. CHECK CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY (VEHICLE INVOLVED IN COLLISION ND IRBG DEPLOYED) Replace the center airbag sensor. CUTION: For removal and installation of the center airbag sensor assembly, be sure to follow the correct procedures.
360 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY 391 REMOVL CUTION: Be sure to read the precautionary notices concerning the S airbag system before servicing it (see page -1). 1. DISCONNECT CBLE FROM NEGTIVE BTTERY TERMINL CUTION: Wait at least 90 seconds after disconnecting the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal to prevent airbag and seat belt pretensioner activation. 2. REMOVE SHIFT LEVER KNOB SUB-SSEMBLY (Manual Transaxle) (See page IP-5) 3. REMOVE FRONT CONSOLE UPPER PNEL SSEMBLY (See page IP-5) 4. REMOVE CONSOLE UPPER RER PNEL SUB- SSEMBLY (See page IP-18) 5. REMOVE RER CONSOLE BOX SSEMBLY (See page IP-18) 6. REMOVE CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY Disconnect the airbag sensor connectors. Remove the 3 bolts and airbag sensor. H045011
361 392 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY H INSTLLTION CUTION: Be sure to read the precautionary notices concerning the S airbag system before servicing it (see page -1). 1. INSTLL CENTER IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY Install the airbag sensor with the 3 bolts. Torque: 17.5 N*m (179 kgf*cm, 13 ft.*lbf) NOTICE: If the airbag sensor has been dropped, or there are any cracks, dents or other defects in the case, bracket or connector, replace it with a new one. When installing the airbag sensor, be careful that the S wiring does not interfere with other parts and that it is not pinched between other parts. Connect the airbag sensor connectors. 2. INSTLL RER CONSOLE BOX SSEMBLY (See page IP-22) 3. INSTLL CONSOLE UPPER RER PNEL SUB- SSEMBLY (See page IP-23) 4. REMOVE FRONT CONSOLE UPPER PNEL SSEMBLY (See page IP-11) 5. INSTLL SHIFT LEVER KNOB SUB-SSEMBLY (Manual Transaxle) (See page IP-12) 6. CONNECT CBLE TO NEGTIVE BTTERY TERMINL 7. PERFORM INITILIZTION Perform initialization (see page IN-23). 8. CHECK S WRNI LIGHT Check the S warning light (see page -11).
362 392 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM FRONT IRBG SENSOR FRONT IRBG SENSOR RESTRINTS SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM COMPONENTS 9.0 (92, 80 in.*lbf) FRONT IRBG SENSOR LH 9.0 (92, 80 in.*lbf) FRONT IRBG SENSOR RH EINE UNDER COVER LH EINE UNDER COVER RH N*m (kgf*cm, ft.*lbf) : Specified torque B117926E01
363 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM FRONT IRBG SENSOR 393 ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION 1. CHECK FRONT IRBG SENSOR (VEHICLE NOT INVOLVED IN COLLISION ND IRBG NOT DEPLOYED) Perform a diagnostic system check (see page - 18). 2. CHECK FRONT IRBG SENSOR (VEHICLE INVOLVED IN COLLISION ND IRBG NOT DEPLOYED) Perform a diagnostic system check (see page - 18). If the front fender of the vehicle or its periphery are damaged, perform a visual check: Check for cracks, dents or chips in the case. Check for cracks, dents, chips and scratches in the connector. Check for peeling of the label or damage of the serial number. If any of the defects mentioned above are present, replace the front airbag sensor with a new one. 3. CHECK FRONT IRBG SENSOR (VEHICLE INVOLVED IN COLLISION ND IRBG DEPLOYED) Replace the front airbag sensor. CUTION: For removal and installation of the front airbag sensor, be sure to follow the correct procedures. If the airbags have deployed, replace the front airbag sensor on the side in which the collision occurred. Replace both if necessary.
364 394 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM FRONT IRBG SENSOR REMOVL CUTION: Be sure to read the precautionary notices concerning the S airbag system before servicing it (see page -1). 1. DISCONNECT CBLE FROM NEGTIVE BTTERY TERMINL NOTICE: Wait at least 90 seconds after disconnecting the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal to prevent airbag and seat belt pretensioner activation. 2. REMOVE EINE UNDER COVER LH 3. REMOVE EINE UNDER COVER RH 4. REMOVE FRONT IRBG SENSOR LH Disconnect the sensor connector. Remove the 2 bolts and sensor. H REMOVE FRONT IRBG SENSOR RH Disconnect the sensor connector. Remove the 2 bolts and sensor. C118538
365 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM FRONT IRBG SENSOR 395 H C INSTLLTION CUTION: Be sure to read the precautionary notices concerning the S airbag system before servicing it (see page -1). 1. INSTLL FRONT IRBG SENSOR LH Install the sensor with the 2 bolts. Torque: 9.0 N*m (92 kgf*cm, 80 in.*lbf) NOTICE: If the airbag sensor has been dropped, or there are any cracks, dents or other defects in the case or connector, replace it with a new one. When installing the airbag sensor, make sure that the S wiring does not interfere with other parts and is not pinched between other parts. Check that there is no free play in the installation parts of the sensor. Connect the sensor connector. 2. INSTLL FRONT IRBG SENSOR RH Install the sensor with the 2 bolts. Torque: 9.0 N*m (92 kgf*cm, 80 in.*lbf) NOTICE: If the airbag sensor has been dropped, or there are any cracks, dents or other defects in the case or connector, replace it with a new one. When installing the airbag sensor, make sure that the S wiring does not interfere with other parts and is not pinched between other parts. Check that there is no free play in the installation parts of the sensor. Connect the sensor connector. 3. CONNECT CBLE TO NEGTIVE BTTERY TERMINL 4. PERFORM INITILIZTION Perform initialization (see page IN-23). NOTICE: Certain systems need to be initialized after disconnecting and reconnecting the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal. 5. CHECK S WRNI LIGHT Check the S warning light (see page -11).
366 396 SIDE IRBG SENSOR RESTRINTS SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM COMPONENTS SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM SIDE IRBG SENSOR 9.0 (92, 82 in.*lbf) x 2 FRONT DOOR INSIDE HNDLE SUB-SSEMBLY LH SIDE IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY LH FRONT DOOR LOWER FRME BRCKET GRNISH LH BUTYL TPE SSIST GRIP COVER LH FRONT DOOR SERVICE HOLE COVER LH x 2 FRONT DOOR TRIM BORD SUB-SSEMBLY LH N*m (kgf*cm, ft.*lbf) : Specified torque Non-reusable part FRONT RMREST BSE PNEL UPPER LH C147215E01
367 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM SIDE IRBG SENSOR 397 ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION 1. CHECK SIDE IRBG SENSOR (VEHICLE NOT INVOLVED IN COLLISION) Perform a diagnostic system check (see page - 18). 2. CHECK SIDE IRBG SENSOR (VEHICLE INVOLVED IN COLLISION ND IRBG HS NOT DEPLOYED) Perform a diagnostic system check (see page - 18). When the center pillar of the vehicle or its area is damaged, check if there is any damage to the side airbag sensor. If there are any defects as mentioned below, replace the side airbag sensor with a new one: Cracks, dents or chips on the sensor housing. Cracks or other damage to the connector. Peeling off of the label or damage to the serial number. CUTION: For removal and installation procedures of the side airbag sensor, be sure to follow the correct procedure. 3. CHECK SIDE IRBG SENSOR (VEHICLE INVOLVED IN COLLISION ND IRBG IS DEPLOYED) Replace the side airbag sensor. CUTION: For removal and installation procedures of the side airbag sensor, be sure to follow the correct procedure. The side airbag sensor on the impacted side should be replaced after the front seat airbag assembly and curtain shield airbag assembly have deployed.
368 398 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM SIDE IRBG SENSOR B083413E07 REMOVL Use the same procedures for the RH side and LH side. The procedures listed below are for the LH side. CUTION: Be sure to read the precautionary notices concerning the S airbag system before servicing it (see page -1). 1. DISCONNECT CBLE FROM NEGTIVE BTTERY TERMINL CUTION: Wait at least 90 seconds after disconnecting the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal to prevent airbag and seat belt pretensioner activation. 2. REMOVE FRONT DOOR LOWER FRME BRCKET GRNISH LH (See page ED-8) 3. REMOVE SSIST GRIP COVER LH (See page ED-8) 4. REMOVE FRONT RMREST BSE PNEL UPPER LH Using a screwdriver, detach the clip and 5 claws, and remove the front armrest base panel upper LH together with the window regulator master switch. Tape the screwdriver tip before use. Disconnect the switch connector. 5. REMOVE FRONT DOOR TRIM BORD SUB- SSEMBLY LH (See page ED-9) 6. REMOVE FRONT DOOR INSIDE HNDLE SUB- SSEMBLY LH (See page ED-10) 7. REMOVE FRONT DOOR SERVICE HOLE COVER LH (See page ED-10) 8. REMOVE SIDE IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY LH Disconnect the connector. Remove the 2 nuts and bolt. Remove the side airbag sensor. Clip C147219E01
369 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM SIDE IRBG SENSOR 399 Clip C147219E01 B083413E08 INSTLLTION Use the same procedures for the RH side and LH side. The procedures listed below are for the LH side. CUTION: Be sure to read the precautionary notices concerning the S airbag system before servicing it (see page -1). 1. INSTLL SIDE IRBG SENSOR SSEMBLY LH Install the side airbag sensor with the 2 nuts and bolt. Torque: 9.0 N*m (92 kgf*cm, 82 in.*lbf) NOTICE: If the airbag sensor has been dropped, or there are any cracks, dents or other defects in the case, bracket or connector, replace it with a new one. When installing the airbag sensor, be careful that the S wiring does not interfere with other parts and that it is not pinched between other parts. Check that there is no looseness in the installation parts of the sensor. Connect the connector. 2. INSTLL FRONT DOOR SERVICE HOLE COVER LH (See page ED-19) 3. INSTLL FRONT DOOR INSIDE HNDLE SUB- SSEMBLY LH (See page ED-19) 4. INSTLL FRONT DOOR TRIM BORD SUB- SSEMBLY LH (See page ED-19) 5. INSTLL FRONT RMREST BSE PNEL UPPER LH Connect the switch connector. ttach the clip and 5 claws to install the front armrest base panel upper LH together with the window regulator master switch. 6. INSTLL SSIST GRIP COVER LH (See page ED-21) 7. INSTLL FRONT DOOR LOWER FRME BRCKET GRNISH LH (See page ED-21) 8. CONNECT CBLE TO NEGTIVE BTTERY TERMINL 9. PERFORM INITILIZTION Perform initialization (see page IN-23). NOTICE: Certain systems need to be initialized after disconnecting and reconnecting the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal. 10. CHECK S WRNI LIGHT Check the S warning light (see page -11).
370 400 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM RER IRBG SENSOR RER IRBG SENSOR RESTRINTS SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM COMPONENTS IRBG SENSOR RER LH 9.0 (92, 80 in.*lbf) FRONT DOOR WETHETRIP LH FRONT DOOR SCUFF PLTE LH DECK TRIM SIDE PNEL SSEMBLY LH TONNEU COVER SSEMBLY N*m (kgf*cm, ft.*lbf) : Specified torque B117924E01
371 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM RER IRBG SENSOR 401 ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION 1. CHECK RER IRBG SENSOR (VEHICLE NOT INVOLVED IN COLLISION) Perform a diagnostic system check (see page - 18). 2. CHECK RER IRBG SENSOR (VEHICLE INVOLVED IN COLLISION ND IRBG HS NOT DEPLOYED) Perform a diagnostic system check (see page - 18). When the quarter panel of the vehicle or its periphery is damaged, check if there is any damage to the rear airbag sensor. If there are any defects as mentioned below, replace the rear airbag sensor with a new one: Cracks, dents or chips on the sensor housing. Cracks or other damage to the connector. Peeling off of the label or damage to the serial number. CUTION: For removal and installation procedures of the rear airbag sensor, be sure to following the correct procedure. 3. CHECK RER IRBG SENSOR (VEHICLE INVOLVED IN COLLISION ND IRBG IS DEPLOYED) Replace the rear airbag sensor. CUTION: For removal and installation procedures of the rear airbag sensor, be sure to follow the correct procedure. The rear airbag sensor on the impacted side should be replaced after the curtain shield airbag assembly has deployed.
372 402 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM RER IRBG SENSOR REMOVL CUTION: Be sure to read the precautionary notices concerning the S airbag system before servicing it (see page -1). 1. DISCONNECT CBLE FROM NEGTIVE BTTERY TERMINL 2. REMOVE TONNEU COVER SSEMBLY 3. REMOVE FRONT DOOR SCUFF PLTE LH (See page IR-9) 4. REMOVE FRONT DOOR WETHETRIP LH 5. REMOVE DECK TRIM SIDE PNEL SSEMBLY LH (See page IR-11) 6. REMOVE IRBG SENSOR RER LH Disconnect the connector. Remove the 2 nuts and airbag sensor. H045016
373 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM RER IRBG SENSOR 403 INSTLLTION CUTION: Be sure to read the precautionary notices concerning the S airbag system before servicing it (see page -1). 1. INSTLL IRBG SENSOR RER LH Install the airbag sensor with the 2 nuts. Torque: 9.0 N*m (92 kgf*cm, 80 in.*lbf) NOTICE: If the airbag sensor has been dropped, or there are any cracks, dents or other defects in the case, bracket or connector, replace it with a new one. When installing the airbag sensor, be careful that the S wiring does not interfere with other parts and that it is not pinched between other parts. 2. INSTLL DECK TRIM SIDE PNEL SSEMBLY LH (See page IR-18) 3. INSTLL FRONT DOOR WETHETRIP LH 4. INSTLL FRONT DOOR SCUFF PLTE LH (See page IR-20) 5. INSTLL TONNEU COVER SSEMBLY 6. CONNECT CBLE TO NEGTIVE BTTERY TERMINL 7. PERFORM INITILIZTION Perform initialization (see page IN-23). NOTICE: Certain systems need to be initialized after disconnecting and reconnecting the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal. 8. CHECK S WRNI LIGHT Check the S warning light (see page -11).
374 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM SET POSITION SENSOR SET POSITION SENSOR RESTRINTS SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM COMPONENTS 403 FRONT SET SSEMBLY SET POSITION IRBG SENSOR 8.0 (82, 71 in.*lbf) N*m (kgf*cm, ft.*lbf) : Specified torque SET POSITION SENSOR PROTECTOR B117925E01
375 404 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM SET POSITION SENSOR ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION 1. INSPECT SET POSITION SENSOR (VEHICLE NOT INVOLVED IN COLLISION) Perform a diagnostic system check (see page - 18). 2. INSPECT SET POSITION SENSOR (VEHICLE INVOLVED IN COLLISION) Perform a diagnostic system check (see page - 18). Even if the airbag was not deployed, check if there is any damage to the seat position sensor. If there are any defects as mentioned below, replace the seat position sensor with a new one: Cracks, dents or chips on the sensor housing. Cracks or other damage to the connector. CUTION: For removal and installation procedures of the seat position sensor, be sure to follow the correct procedure.
376 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM SET POSITION SENSOR 405 REMOVL CUTION: Be sure to read the precautionary notices concerning the S airbag system before servicing it (see page -1). 1. DISCONNECT CBLE FROM NEGTIVE BTTERY TERMINL CUTION: Wait at least 90 seconds after disconnecting the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal to prevent airbag and seat belt pretensioner activation. 2. REMOVE FRONT SET SSEMBLY Remove the front seat (see page SE-5). 3. REMOVE SET SLIDE POSITION SENSOR PROTECTOR 4. REMOVE SET POSITION IRBG SENSOR Remove the seat slide position sensor protector from the seat position sensor. Using a "torx" socket (T30), remove the "torx" screw and seat position sensor with sensor protector. Disconnect the connector. Seat Slide Position Sensor Protector Torx Screw Seat Position irbag Sensor H045018E02
377 406 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM SET POSITION SENSOR INSTLLTION CUTION: Be sure to read the precautionary notices concerning the S airbag system before servicing it (see page -1). 1. INSTLL SET POSITION IR BG SENSOR Using a feeler gauge 1 mm (0.039 in.), install the seat position sensor. NOTICE: If the seat position sensor has been dropped, or there are any cracks, dents or other defects in the case or connector, replace the seat position sensor with a new one. When installing the seat position sensor, be careful that the S wiring does not interfere with other parts and that it is not pinched between other parts. Be sure that the clearance between the seat position sensor and the seat rail is within 0.6 mm (0.023 in.) to 1.4 mm (0.055 in.). Using a "torx" socket (T30), tighten the "torx" screw to install the seat position sensor. Torque: 8.0 N*m (82 kgf*cm, 71 in.*lbf) Make sure that a clearance between the seat position sensor and the seat rail is within 0.6 mm (0.023 in.) to 1.4 mm (0.055 in.). Connect the connector. (e) Install the seat slide position sensor protector to the seat position sensor. 2. INSTLL FRONT SET SSEMBLY Install the front seat (see page SE-11). 3. CONNECT CBLE TO NEGTIVE BTTERY TERMINL 4. PERFORM INITILIZTION Perform initialization (see page IN-23). NOTICE: Certain systems need to be initialized after disconnecting and reconnecting the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal. 5. CHECK S WRNI LIGHT Check the S warning light (see page -11).
378 406 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION ECU OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION ECU RESTRINTS SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM COMPONENTS SET TRCK BRCKET OUTER RH FRONT SET SSEMBLY RH 40 (408, 30) x 5 SET TRCK BRCKET COVER INNER RH OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION ECU N*m (kgf*cm, ft.*lbf) : Specified torque C147216E01
379 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION ECU 407 ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION 1. INSPECT OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION ECU (VEHICLE NOT INVOLVED IN COLLISION) Perform a diagnostic system check (See page - 18). 2. INSPECT OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION ECU (VEHICLE INVOLVED IN COLLISION) Perform a diagnostic system check (See page - 18). Even if the airbag was not deployed, check if there is any damage to the occupant classification ECU. If there are any defects as mentioned below, replace the occupant classification ECU with a new one: Cracks, dents or chips on the case. Cracks or other damage to the connector. CUTION: Be sure to follow the correct removal and installation procedures.
380 408 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION ECU REMOVL 1. PRECUTION CUTION: Be sure to read "PRECUTION" thoroughly before servicing (See page -1). 2. DISCONNECT CBLE FROM NEGTIVE BTTERY TERMINL CUTION: Work must be started at least 90 seconds after the ignition switch is turned off and after the cable is disconnected from the negative (-) battery terminal. 3. REMOVE FRONT SET SSEMBLY RH Refer to the procedures up to "REMOVE FRONT SET SSEMBLY" (See page SE-5) 4. REMOVE OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION ECU Disconnect the connectors from the occupant classification ECU. Using a screwdriver, remove the occupant classification ECU. C147217
381 SUPPLEMENTL RESTRINT SYSTEM OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION ECU 409 INSTLLTION 1. INSTLL OCCUPNT CLSSIFICTION ECU Check that the ignition switch is in the OFF position. Check that the negative battery (-) cable is disconnected. CUTION: Work must be started at least 90 seconds after the ignition switch is turned off and after the cable is disconnected from the negative (-) battery terminal. Install the occupant classification ECU. Connect the connectors to the occupant classification ECU. NOTICE: If the occupant classification ECU has been dropped, or there are any cracks, dents or other defects in the case or connector, replace the occupant classification ECU with a new one. When installing the occupant classification ECU, be careful that the S wiring does not interfere with other parts and that it is not pinched between other parts. 2. INSTLL FRONT SET SSEMBLY RH Refer to the procedures up to "INSTLL FRONT SET SSEMBLY" (See page SE-11). 3. CONNECT CBLE TO NEGTIVE BTTERY TERMINL 4. PERFORM INITILIZTION Perform initialization (See page IN-23). Some systems need initialization after reconnecting the cable to the negative battery terminal. 5. PERFORM ZERO POINT CLIBRTION ND SENSITIVITY CHECK Perform zero point calibration and sensitivity check (See page -250). 6. INSPECT S WRNI LIGHT Inspect the S warning light (See page -11).
DTC C1223/43 ABS Control System Malfunction
RKE CONTROL VEHICLE STILITY CONTROL SYSTEM C 95 DTC C1223/43 S Control System Malfunction DESCRIPTION This DTC is output when the VSC system detects a malfunction in the S system. When DTC C1223/43 is
DTC P0230 Fuel Pump Primary Circuit
GR-FE EINE CONTROL SYSTEM SFI SYSTEM 6 DTC P030 Fuel Pump Primary Circuit DCRIPTION In the diagram below, when the engine is cranked, current flows from terminal ST of the ignition switch into the ECM
TOYOTA TECHNICAL. An example of a tire pressure monitor valve sub-assembly. This mounts to a drop area in the wheel.
TOYOTA TIRE PRESSURE WARNING SYSTEM Toyota uses various tire pressure warning systems. Here, we ll discuss the system featured on the 2006 Land Cruiser. Combination meter warning reset switch warning reset
Pressure Control Solenoid "D" Performance (Shift Solenoid Valve SLT)
750E UTOMIC TRNSMISSION UTOMIC TRNSMISSION SYSTEM 123 DTC DESCRIPTION P2714 Pressure Control Solenoid "D" Performance (Shift Solenoid Valve SLT) Line Pressure Control Pressure Current Flow to Solenoid
TIRE PRESSURE WARNING SYSTEM
CH-71 TIRE PRESSURE WARNING SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A direct-sensing type tire pressure warning system is used on U.S.A. model. If the vehicle continues to be driven with 1 or more of the 4 inflated to a low
DESCRIPTION. DTC P0351 Ignition Coil "A" Primary / Secondary Circuit. DTC P0352 Ignition Coil "B" Primary / Secondary Circuit
1 of 10 6/4/2012 10:38 PM Last Modified: 3-27-2012 6.4 C From: 201203 Model Year: 2013 Model: FR-S Doc ID: RM000000XH40PUX Title: FA20 ENGINE CONTROL: SFI SYSTEM: P0351-P0354: Ignition Coil "A" Primary
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED BRAKE SYSTEM
BRAKE CONTROL ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED BRAKE SYSTEM 1 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED BRAKE SYSTEM PRECAUTION 1. TROUBLESHOOTING PRECAUTION When there is a malfunction with terminal contact points or part installation
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM (FOR AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM)
2008 HVAC Air Conditioning - RAV4 AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM (FOR AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM) PRECAUTION 1. IF ANY OF FOLLOWING CONDITIONS ARE MET, KEEP ENGINE IDLING WITH A/C ON (ENGINE SPEED AT LESS
DTC P1271/78 FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (OPEN/SHORT) DTC P1272/78 FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
05 596 DIAGNOSTICS ECD SYSTEM (1KD FTV)(From August, 2004) DTC P1271/78 FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (OPEN/SHORT) 05NJ6 01 DTC P1272/78 FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR SYSTEM MALFUNCTION For more
DTC B1423/23 Pressure Sensor Circuit
AIR CONDITIONI AIR CONDITIONI SYSTEM (for Manual Air Conditioning System) 145 DTC B1423/23 Pressure Sensor Circuit DESCRIPTION This DTC is output when the refrigerant pressure is either extremely low (0.19
2001 Mercedes-Benz ML320
MODEL IDENTIFICATION 2001-04 STARTING & CHARGING SYSTEMS Starters - 163 Chassis WARNING: Vehicles are equipped with air bag supplemental restraint system. Before attempting any repairs involving steering
SECTION 501-20B Supplemental Restraint System
501-20B-i Supplemental Restraint System 501-20B-i SECTION 501-20B Supplemental Restraint System CONTENTS PAGE DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING Air Bag and Safety Belt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)...
Air conditioning, electrical testing
just a test. Air conditioning, electrical testing 01-253 Wire and component test using VAG1598 A test box Special tools and equipment VAG 1598 A test box and VAG 1598/11 adapter cable and VAG 1598/12 VAG1526
LOCAL INTERCONNECT NETWORK (LIN)
54B-1 GROUP 54B LOCAL INTERCONNECT NETWORK (LIN) CONTENTS SPECIAL TOOLS................ 54B-2............ 54B-3 DIAGNOSIS CODE CHART............ 54B-3 DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION............... 54B-4 DIAGNOSIS
DTC P0351 Ignition Coil "A" Primary / Secondary Circuit. DTC P0352 Ignition Coil "B" Primary / Secondary Circuit
208 2UZ-FE EINE CONTROL SYSTEM SFI SYSTEM DTC P05 Ignition Coil "A" Primary / Secondary Circuit DTC P052 Ignition Coil "B" Primary / Secondary Circuit DTC P05 Ignition Coil "C" Primary / Secondary Circuit
G PART NUMBER OF CONNECTORS
A 1 A/C Ambient Temp. Sensor 90980 11070 Buckle SW RH (w/ Power Seat) A/C Condenser Fan Motor (1G FE) 90980 10928 B 9 Buckle SW RH (w/o Power Seat) 90980 11212 A 2 A/C Condenser Fan Motor (2JZ GE) 90980
INSTRUMENT PANEL. 1995 Volvo 850 DESCRIPTION & OPERATION. 1995-96 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Volvo Instrument Panels
INSTRUMENT PANEL 1995 Volvo 850 1995-96 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Volvo Instrument Panels 850 WARNING: When working around steering column and before performing repairs, disconnect and shield battery ground
ILISC515-A Shift Interlock (Manual Lift Door) 2015 Ford Transit, 3.7L and 3.5L
An ISO 9001:2008 Registered Company ILISC515-A Shift Interlock (Manual Lift Door) 2015 Ford Transit, 3.7L and 3.5L Introduction The ILISC515-A is a microprocessor driven system for controlling wheelchair
LOCAL INTERCONNECT NETWORK (LIN)
54B-1 GROUP 54B LOCAL INTERCONNECT NETWORK (LIN) CONTENTS GENERAL INFORMATION 54B-2 SPECIAL TOOLS 54B-3 54B-4 DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION 54B-4 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART 54B-5 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE PROCEDURES
LOCAL INTERCONNECT NETWORK (LIN)
54B-1 GROUP 54B LOCAL INTERCONNECT NETWORK (LIN) CONTENTS GENERAL INFORMATION 54B-2 SPECIAL TOOLS 54B-3 54B-4 DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION 54B-4 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART 54B-6 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE PROCEDURES
CHECK CAN BUS LINE (CAN-H) FOR SHORT TO +B
052 6 DIAGNOSTICS CHECK CAN US LINE (CANH) FOR SHORT TO + 05IR40 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION A short to + is suspected in the CAN bus line when there is continuity between terminals 6 () and 6 () of the DLC. Symptom
ABS/VDC WHEEL SPEED SENSOR DIAGNOSIS
Classification: Reference: Date: BR10-007a NTB10-102a September 25, 2012 ABS/VDC WHEEL SPEED SENSOR DIAGNOSIS This bulletin has been amended to revise the Applied Vehicles and Service Information. Please
Transporter Fitting Locations No. 804 / 1
Page 1 of 10 Transporter Fitting Locations No. 804 / 1 Pin connector assigment of selected connections Overview: 1 - Ignition/starter switch -D- On steering column Connector assigment chapter 2 - Onboard
Electronically Controlled Air Suspension (ECAS) for Trucks
$2.50 Electronically Controlled Air Suspension (ECAS) for Trucks Maintenance Manual No. 36 Issued 7-99 ECAS System for 6 x 2 and 6 x 4 Vehicles with Rear Air Suspensions Service Notes Service Notes This
ENGINE KNOCKING OR RATTLING
EINE KNOCKI OR RTTLI DIGNOSTICS ECD SYSTEM (1KD FTV)(From ugust, 2004) 05 713 05M5P 02 This troubleshooting procedure checks for knocking and rattling. Knocking is most likely to occur while the engine
Technical Service BULLETIN
Technical Service BULLETIN Introduction November 28, 2006 Title: Models: 04 07 Applicable Toyota & Scion The Warning System (TPWS) monitors the difference in tire pressure in all four or five tires (if
ECM Diagnosis. Section 11. Learning Objectives:
Section 11 ECM Diagnosis Learning Objectives: 1. Diagnose ECM specific Diagnostic Trouble Codes. 2 Troubleshooting the diagnostic circuit. 3. Reprogramming the ECU. Engine Control Systems II - Course 874
Event Data Recorder - Reference Document
Event Data Recorder - Reference Document An Event Data Recorder (EDR) is a part of the Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ECU that records data for some types of collision events for future safety research
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (3S GTE and 5S FE)
Diagnosis System (3SGTE and 5SFE) FI39 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (3SGTE and 5SFE) DESCRIPTION The ECM contains a builtin, selfdiagnosis system by which troubles with the engine signal network are detected and a
ELECTRICAL WIRING (R.H. DRIVE VEHICLES)
C-1 ELECTRICAL WIRING (R.H. DRIVE VEHICLES) CONTENTS GENERAL.......................... 3 WIRING HARNESS CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS......................... 4 ENGINE COMPARTMENT................ 4 DASH PANEL...........................
CHASSIS - 4WD SYSTEM. Realizes stable start-off and acceleration performance
CH-66 CHASSIS - 4WD SYSTEM 4WD SYSTEM DESCRIPTION The 4WD system of the 06 RAV4 uses an active torque control 4WD system. It is a compact, lightweight, and high performance 4WD system that optimally controls
POWER STEERING GROUP 37A 37A-1 CONTENTS GENERAL INFORMATION... 37A-2 ELECTRICAL POWER STEERING.. 37A-5 STEERING WHEEL... 37A-3
37A-1 GROUP 37A CONTENTS GENERAL INFORMATION........ 37A-2 STEERING WHEEL.............. 37A-3 STEERING SHAFT AND COLUMN.. 37A-4.. 37A-5 GENERAL INFORMATION............. 37A-5 STEERING GEAR....................
01-3 0000-00 6810-20 AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM 1. FFH SPECIFICATION AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM RODIUS 2004.09
0000-00 01-3 6810-20 1. FFH SPECIFICATION 01-4 0000-00 2. SYSTEM LAYOUT AND COMPONENTS 0000-00 01-5 01-6 0000-00 3. FFH GENERAL INFORMATION The system is to increase the coolant temperature quickly by
ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM. 1995 Volvo 850 DESCRIPTION & OPERATION BASIC ALARM. 1995-96 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Volvo Anti-Theft Systems
ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM 1995 Volvo 850 1995-96 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Volvo Anti-Theft Systems 850 DESCRIPTION & OPERATION WARNING: Deactivate air bag system before performing any service operation. For 1995
LOCAL INTERCONNECT NETWORK (LIN)
54C-1 GROUP 54C LOCAL INTERCONNECT NETWORK (LIN) CONTENTS GENERAL INFORMATION...54C-2 SPECIAL TOOL...54C-3...54C-4 DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION...54C-4 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART...54C-6 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE
GENESIS COUPE(BK) >2010 > G 2.0 DOHC > Body Electrical System > Immobilizer System > Description and Operation
GENESIS COUPE(BK) >2010 > G 2.0 DOHC > Body Electrical System > Immobilizer System > Description and Operation Description The immobilizer system will disable the vehicle unless the proper ignition key
Service Bulletin 06-009
Service Bulletin 06-009 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED February 5, 2008 Warranty Extension: OPDS Unit or OPDS Sensor Triggers SRS DTC(s) 15-1, 15-2, 15-3 (Supersedes 06-009, dated September 21, 2007,
04 13 ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
04 13 ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM ABS LOCATION INDEX............. 04 13 1 ABS SYSTEM DIAGRAM............ 04 13 2 ABS HYDRAULIC UNIT (HU)/ CONTROL MODULE (CM) SYSTEM INSPECTION............. 04 13 3 System Inspection................
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY SYSTEMS
DN VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY SYSTEMS 8Q - 1 VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY SYSTEMS TABLE OF CONTENTS page GENERAL INFORMATION INTRODUCTION...1 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM....1 ENABLING...1 ARMING...1 DISARMING...2
A/C-HEATER SYSTEM - AUTOMATIC
A/C-HEATER SYSTEM - AUTOMATIC 1995 Volvo 850 1995-96 Auto. A/C-Heater Systems Volvo 850 * PLEASE READ THIS FIRST * WARNING: To avoid injury from accidental air bag deployment, read and carefully follow
FUEL-16, Troubleshooting Fuel Supply Problems
FUEL-16, Troubleshooting Fuel Supply Problems Introduction This procedure is used to troubleshooting fuel supply problems including failure of the fuel pump to start during engine cranking. Fuel Pump Not
TOYOTA ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION CHECKS & DIAGNOSIS
Checks and Adjustments The transmission requires regular maintenance intervals if it is to continue to operate without failure. As we discussed in previous sections, transmission fluid loses certain properties
ABS Flash Code (Blink Code) Instructions
ABS Flash Code (Blink Code) Instructions Innovative Products of America Incorporated Tinker Street, Woodsttock, NY 8 Local: 8-6-00 Toll Free: 888-86-8 Fax: 8-6-600 www.ipatools.com [email protected] ABS
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
23-1 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION CONTENTS 23109000347 SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS... 2 LUBRICANTS... 2 SPECIAL TOOLS... 2 TROUBLESHOOTI... 4 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE... 46 Essential Service... 46 A/T Control Component
HVAC SYSTEM (AUTO A/C) (DIAGNOSTICS) AC
HVAC SYSTEM (AUTO A/C) (DIAGNOSTICS) AC Page. Basic Diagnostic Procedure.... General Description...3 3. Electrical Components Location...6 4. A/C Control Module I/O Signal...8 5. Self-diagnosis...0 6.
KEYLESS ENTRY UPGRADE SECURITY SYSTEM for 2004 TOYOTA HIGHLANDER
KEYLESS ENTRY UPGRADE SECURITY SYSTEM for 2004 TOYOTA HIGHLANDER DEALER SERVICE AND INSTALLATION MANUAL KIT NO. 00016-30915 Contents PARTS LIST... 2 PARTS ILLUSTRATIONS... 2 VEHICLE PREPARATION... 3 INSTALLING
The Charging System. Section 5. Charging System. Charging System. The charging system has two essential functions:
The Charging System Charging System The charging system has two essential functions: Generate electrical power to run the vehicle s electrical systems Generate current to recharge the vehicle s battery
DTC P0125 Insufficient Coolant Temperature for Closed Loop Fuel Control
EINE (5VZFE) DI195 DI8YY02 DTC P0125 Insufficient Coolant Temperature for Closed Loop Fuel Control CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION To obtain a high purification rate of the CO, HC and x components of the exhaust gas,
Multi-information Display (see MID )
Driving Position Memory (see Seats ) Power Mirrors (see Mirrors ) Indicators/Gauges (see Instrument Panel ) Multi-information Display (see MID ) HomeLink (see HomeLink ) Navigation System (see Navigation
B/S/H/ Error codes and service programmes PH
1 ERROR CODES AND APPLIANCE MESSAGES... 3 1.1 Complete overview of all error codes (in order)... 3 Automatic switch-off... 3 Display is dark and any individual LEDs are lit... 3 E 005... 3 E 011... 3 E
Automotive Sensor Simulator. Automotive sensor simulator. Operating manual. AutoSim
Automotive sensor simulator Operating manual AutoSim Contents Introduction.. page 3 Technical specifications.... page 4 Typical application of AutoSim simulator..... page 4 Device appearance... page 5
Car Alarm Series 2 B 2 Buttons
Car Alarm Series 2 B 2 Buttons G22 SE (External - Shock Sensor) Version 3 Software 67 Plus www.geniuscaralarm.com 21 CAR ALARM GENIUS Series 2B 2 Buttons - G22 Se (External Shock Sensor) Module controlled
DTC P0440 Evaporative Emission Control System Malfunction. DTC P0442 Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Detected (Small Leak)
EINE (5VZFE) DI225 DI9TT01 DTC P0440 Evaporative Emission Control System Malfunction DTC P0442 Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Detected (Small Leak) CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION The vapor pressure sensor,
E&P HYDRAULICS Remote control EPRC-01 Level System Camper
USER S GUIDE E&P HYDRAULICS Remote control EPRC-01 Level System Camper 1 Copyright 2012, E&P Hydraulics This manual is copyrighted, with all rights reserved. Under the copyright laws, this may not, in
INSTALLATION MANUAL 3RP / 5RP 4-BUTTON SERIES VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEMS
3RP / 5RP 4-BUTTON SERIES VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEMS INSTALLATION MANUAL Before you begin the installation Read the INSTRUCTIONS! Always use a multi-meter when verifying vehicle wiring. Before mounting the
Introduction to Electronic Signals
Introduction to Electronic Signals Oscilloscope An oscilloscope displays voltage changes over time. Use an oscilloscope to view analog and digital signals when required during circuit diagnosis. Fig. 6-01
Group R-70 to R-75: only Vauxhall. Subject. Sound Package. Vehicles. Omega-B (only Saloon) General
Group R-70 to R-75: only Vauxhall Subject Sound Package Vehicles Omega-B (only Saloon) General The Sound Package is available exclusively together with Radios SC 804 CDC or CD 300 RDS. In addition to the
Installation instructions, accessories - Navigation system, RTI
XC90 Section Group Weight(Kg/Pounds) Year Month 3 393 4/8.8 2007 08 Page 1 of 20 Required tools A0000162 IMG-239667 IMG-239664 IMG-239980 IMG-242205 R8802817 R3905015 Page 2 of 20 R3903812 IMG-213320 Page
Remote Access System Installation
2011-2013 Explorer Remote Access Remote Access System Installation CONTENTS VEHICLE PREPARATION Hood Switch Wire Harness Installation Hood Switch Installation RMST Module Installation RMU Module Installation
Interior - Lights and Switches
Interior - Lights and Switches Стр. 1 из 3 96-1 Interior - Lights and Switches Footwell Lights Footwell lights: Left Footwell Light W9 Right Footwell Light W10 Note: The front foot well lights are located
ODYSSEY. Security System Owner s Manual. Kit No. 08E51-SHJ-100 08E55-SHJ-100. 2004 American Honda Motor Co., Inc. - All Rights Reserved.
Kit No. 08E5-SHJ-00 08E55-SHJ-00 Security System Owner s Manual ODYSSEY 004 American Honda Motor Co., Inc. - All Rights Reserved. Contents Introduction... 3 Emergency Disarming During the Panic Alarm Activation...
Meritor WABCO Pneumatic Antilock Braking System (ABS) 42.22
(ABS) 2.22 Troubleshooting WARNING Before testing a vehicle equipped with Automatic Traction Control (ATC) on a dynamometer, the ATC system must be disabled. See Subject 160 for instructions. Activation
G-100/200 Operation & Installation
G-100/200 Operation & Installation 2 Contents 7 Installation 15 Getting Started 16 GPS Mode Setup 18 Wheel Sensor Mode Setup 20 Fuel Calibration 23 Basic Operation 24 Telemetery Screen 27 Entering a Distance
6. Diagnostics for A/C System Malfunction
6. A: A/C OR SELF-DIAGNOSIS SYSTEMS DO NOT OPERATE TROUBLE SYMPTOM: Set temperature is not indicated on the display, switch LEDs are faulty or switches do not operate. Self-diagnosis system does not operate.
COMPONENTS IP 2 INSTRUMENT PANEL INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY ASSIST GRIP RETAINER RH FRONT PILLAR GARNISH RH FRONT DOOR OPENING TRIM WEATHERSTRIP RH
INSTRUMENT PANEL INSTRUMENT PANEL INSTRUMENT PANEL PRECAUTION 1 1. PRECAUTION FOR VEHICLE WITH SRS AIRBAG AND SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER (a) Some of these operations may affect the SRS airbag system. Read
INSTALLATION MANUAL TRAILER LIGHTS CONTROLLER MODULE TYPE MP2-D1 / MP2-D2
INSTALLATION MANUAL TRAILER LIGHTS CONTROLLER MODULE TYPE MP2-D1 / MP2-D2 QUASAR ELECTRONICS ul. Cieslewskich 25K 03-017 Warsaw tel. +48 (022) 678-68-96, 678-64-50 http://www.quasarelectronics.pl e-mail:
ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS & CONTROL
ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS & CONTROL CONTROL SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM Page 1 Page 2 MONITORING SYSTEM AND CONTROL SYSTEM DEVICE RELATIONSHIP CHART : Applicable Component Input Battery Ignition switch A/C switch,
«Filter-MB» Technical Manual
Technical Manual www.tec-electronics.ru/en/ Unit Description... 2 Unit connection... 2 Table 1. Unit port outputs assignment... 3 Conenction recomendations... 3 Table 2. Technical data and operation conditions...
Volkswagen Golf 4 / Bora (1998-2005), GTI / Jetta (1998-2005), R32 (A4)
Volkswagen Golf 4 / Bora (1998-2005), GTI / Jetta (1998-2005), R32 (A4) Note: For Guided Fault Finding information, refer to VAS 5051 Diagnostic Tester 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) ABS ITT Mark 20 IE
User Manual for CH-PFC76810
AA Portable Power Corp www.batteryspace.com, Email: [email protected] User Manual for CH-PFC76810 1. Overview The CH-PFC76810 charger is suitable for charging lithium ion battery packs such as those
1978-83 Malibu 1978-87 Monte Carlo 1978-87 El Camino
Important facts about this kit. 1. The dash panel used in this picture is used by permission of Covan's Classic. 2. This kit requires some modification to your original under dash wiring harness. It is
Table of Contents. Introducing AYGO. Accessing your vehicle 2 3. Lights 9. Wipers 10. Electric windows 4. Gear change 11
AYGO Brief Guide Table of Contents Accessing your vehicle 2 3 Electric windows 4 Steering wheel (Vehicles with an adjustable type) 4 Seat and seat belt adjustment 5 Instrument Panel overview 6 Instrument
Supplementary restraints system
Supplementary restraints system PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION High speed impacts may cause serious injury or death irrespective of safety features fitted to the vehicle. Always drive with caution and consideration
Passive Anti -Theft System (PATS) Diagnostic Flowcharts. Issue: This bulletin provides diagnostic information for the Passive Anti-Theft System.
DTE 07/02 S419-12 SERVICE TECHNICL BULLETIN Passive nti -Theft System (PTS) Diagnostic Flowcharts MODEL VIN 2003 MY-ON S-TYPE M44998-ON Issue: This bulletin provides diagnostic information for the Passive
VEHICLE SPEED CONTROL SYSTEM
PL VEHICLE SPEED CONTROL SYSTEM 8H - 1 VEHICLE SPEED CONTROL SYSTEM TABLE OF CONTENTS page DESCRIPTION AND SPEED CONTROL SYSTEM...1 SPEED CONTROL SERVO-PCM OUTPUT....2 SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES PCM INPUT...2
Honda's Dual-Mode Charging System
Southern Illinois University Carbondale OpenSIUC Presentations Department of Automotive Technology 10-1-2009 Honda's Dual-Mode Charging System Omar Trinidad Southern Illinois University Carbondale, [email protected]
Section 7. Evaporator thermistor. Under-and-over pressure safety switches. Connections to the ECU
Automatic Temperature Control Diagnosis and Repair Diagnosis of Automatic A/C Systems The most common automatic A/C system malfunctions tend to be the result of basic air conditioning problems. These problems
TOYOTA Tundra 2007 - BACK-UP CAMERA SYSTEM Preparation
Preparation Part Number(s): PT233-34070, PT923-35070-11, PT923-35070-43 NOTE: Part number of this accessory may not be the same as part number shown. Back Up Monitor Kit Contents PT923-35070-11 / PT923-35070-43
How To Set Off An Alarm On A Car With A Car Alarm On It
AUTO SECURITY SYSTEM USER S OPERATION GUIDE FCC ID NOTICE This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following conditions: 1. This device may not cause harmful interference,
Instrument panel. Volkswagen Touareg - Instrument panel. Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required. Release lever T10039
Volkswagen Touareg - Instrument panel Page 1 / 14 70-1 Instrument panel Tools Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required Release lever T10039 Instrument panel, removing and installing Removing
EMERGENCY SERVICES. Component Location and Safety Document. X-TYPE 2001.5 my Onwards
EMERGENCY SERVICES Component Location and Safety Document X-TYPE 2001.5 my Onwards Parts and Service Communications B/4/013 Browns Lane Allesley Coventry CV5 9DR INTRODUCTION This document is produced
GENUINE PARTS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
GENUINE PARTS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS DESCRIPTION: Illuminated Kick Plate APPLICATION: Rogue (2011) PART NUMBER: 999G6 GX010 KIT CONTENTS: Item A B C G H QTY 1 1 1 D 1 E 1 F 3 15 6 Description Kick Plate,
LPE Handheld Programmer
Lingenfelter Performance Engineering 1557 Winchester Road Decatur, IN 46733 Tel.: 260-724-2552 Fax: 260-724-8761 www.lingenfelter.com LPE Handheld Programmer Operating Instructions LPE PROGRAMMER OVERVIEW
REAR AXLE SECTION CONTENTS D DRIVELINE/AXLE RAX-1 RAX
D DRIVELINE/AXLE A SECTION REAR AXLE B C RAX CONTENTS E PRECAUTIONS... 2 Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- SIONER... 2 Precautions... 2 PREPARATION... 3
TR7322U-OR RDS / MP3-USB TUNER (24 Volt)
www.vdo.com TR7322U-OR RDS / MP3-USB TUNER (24 Volt) OWNER'S MANUAL Safety Information Safety Information Thank you for purchasing this product, please read the manual carefully before operating, and reserve
Airbags and Pretensioners. Emergency Response Guide
Airbags and Pretensioners Emergency Response Guide 1 This guide specifically addresses Airbags and Pretensioners in GM Vehicles. We will provide information on vehicles equipped with frontal, door mounted,
SUSPENSION AND STEERING OVERVIEW
SUSPENSION SUSPENSION AND STEERING OVERVIEW The S40/V50 has a wide track and a long wheelbase for its relative size and weight. This gives the car stable and predictable driving characteristics. It also
1R / 4-BUTTON SERIES
Button 1 1R / 4-BUTTON SERIES VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM Standard Features: Two 4-Button Remote Transmitters Status indicator (LED) Valet / override switch Multi-tone siren Dual stage impact detector Remote
The Child Reminder System Installation Manual
The Child Reminder System Installation Manual Revised June, 2006 Detailed installation information can be found at www.childreminder.com. Get through your installation quickly and easily by calling 1-888-330-6786
BACKUP CAMERA JEEP COMMANDER/GRAND CHEROKEE
BACKUP CAMERA 1 JEEP COMMANDER/GRAND CHEROKEE 2 Call Out Description Parts Quantity 1 Tie Wrap-Nylon 6.9" Supplied in kit 12 2 Camera, Rear View Supplied in kit 1 3 Camera Extension Harness Connector Supplied
Service Manual Trucks
Service Manual Trucks Group 36 Vehicle Electronic Control Unit (MID 144), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC), Guide From build date 1.2007 PV776-88951780 Foreword The descriptions and service procedures contained
Evaporative emissions system
just a test. Evaporative emissions system 20-48 Function description of EVAP canister system Depending upon the air pressure and ambient temperature, fuel vapor will form above the level of fuel in the
Heater and Air Conditioner, Blend Air System, Troubleshooting 83.06
A/C Performance Diagnosis Problem Warm Airflow When the Air Conditioner is On, A/C Not Working, or Poor A/C Performance (dash outlet temperature is too high) Problem Warm Airflow When the Air Conditioner
SUBJECT: MIL Illumination For DTC's P0750, P0755, P0760, P0765, P0846, P0871 or P0841
NUMBER: 21-009-05 GROUP: Transmission DATE: March 22, 2005 This bulletin is supplied as technical information only and is not an authorization for repair. No part of this publication may be reproduced,
Volkswagen Jetta, Golf, GTI 1999, 2000 Brake System 46 Brakes - Mechanical Components (Page GR-46)
46 Brakes - Mechanical Components (Page GR-46) Front brakes Brake pads, removing and installing Brake pads, removing and installing FN 3 brake caliper, servicing FS III brake caliper, servicing Rear wheel
Electronic Power Control
Service. Self-Study Programme 210 Electronic Power Control Design and Function With the Electronic Power Control system, the throttle valve is actuated only by an electric motor. This eliminates the need
RECOMMENDED TOOLS PERSONAL & VEHICLE PROTECTION SAFETY GLASSES
PART NUMBER: 250-9612 GENERAL APPLICABILITY THIS CRUISE WAS TESTED AND VERIFIED ON: FORD FOCUS SE & S MODELS (AT/MT) FORD TRANSIT ALL MODELS RECOMMENDED TOOLS PERSONAL & VEHICLE PROTECTION SAFETY GLASSES
P150SC15. Designed for 2015 Ford F150 Super-Cab and Super-Crew vehicles without Sony System. 2015 Stillwater Designs P150SC15-A2-20150813
P150SC15 Designed for 2015 Ford F150 Super-Cab and Super-Crew vehicles without Sony System Subwoofer Assembly Amplifier Assembly Amplifier Harness 2015 Stillwater Designs P150SC15-A2-20150813 M6 Bolt M6
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS SECURITY SYSTEM KIT NO.: 08E51-EP4-101. 2004 American Honda Motor Co., Inc. - All Rights Reserved. 1
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS SECURITY SYSTEM KIT NO.: 8E5-EP4-24 American Honda Motor Co., Inc. - All Rights Reserved. Contents Introduction... 3 Emergency Disarming During Alarming... 4 During the Entry Delay
- power windows - alarm system - electric door mirror control - door warning light - central locking - seat memory
Door Wiring Harness Plug Connections Binder -, Electrics Vehicle Type: (86) Model Year: 7 (V) Concern: Door wiring harness plug connections X11 / X12. Information: The rubber boot for the door connector
